Irrigation Helpful Hints Pressure

Line Sizing

• Water pressure is the force at which water moves through the line and is measured in pounds per square inch (psi) • Water pressure is determined by your source and can be modified with pumps and regulators (see page 296) • Pressure can be determined by attaching a mobile pressure gauge (see page 297) to a hose bib • Most municipal water sources have between 40 and 80 psi

Use these examples along with the sizing chart below:

Flow

Mist System:

• Flow is the rate at which water moves through the system and is measure in gallons per minute (gpm) or gallons per hour (gmh) • This is affected by the size of the line the water is flowing through; a bigger line equals higher flow • Flow can be determined by filling a known volume container and timing the process • For example: time how long it takes to fill a five-gallon bucket. If this takes 1 minute your flow is 5 gpm and 300 gph

Dripper System: • • • •

System requires 300 drippers at .5gph 300 x .5gph=150 gph flow required 150gph/60min=2.5gpm required According to the chart, a 16mm line can supply the entire system

• • • •

System requires 20 misters at 10.4 gph 20x10.4=208 gph flow required 208/60min=3.5gpm flow required According to the chart, 3.5 is too high for 16mm to supply without dividing into 2 zones • For 1 zone, ¾” line would be necessary

Helpful Information for Designing a NETAFIM Hanging Basket Watering System irrigation helpful hints

The following information is provided as a rough guide to help in determining the necessary components of an automatic watering system for hanging baskets. 1. Determine the dripper supply pipe sizing (the pipe from which the baskets will be hung) using chart no. 1. This is based on the spacing of hanging baskets on each length of run.

Drip System

Hummert’s Helpful Hints Equivalency Chart ⁄8” = .125” 1 ⁄4” = .250” 3 ⁄8” = .375” 1 ⁄2” = .500” 5 ⁄8” = .625” 3 ⁄4” = .750” 1” = 1.000” 11⁄4” = 1.250” 11⁄2” = 1.500” 2” = 2.000” 3” = 3.000” 4” = 4.000” 14 mm = .5510” 15 mm = .5905” 16 mm = .6300” 17 mm = .6659” 19 mm = .7480” 25 mm = .9845” 250 barb = .250” 400 barb = .400” 520 barb = .520” 700 barb = .700” 1

262

= 3.18 = 6.35 = 9.52 = 12.69 = 15.87 = 19.05 = 25.40 = 31.74 = 38.10 = 50.80 = 76.19 = 101.59

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Abbreviations

800-325-3055

Supply Pipe Sizing

MPF - Male Pipe Thread GPH - Gallons Per Hour

50 100 150 200 250 300

16mm poly 1/2”poly 3/4”

poly

12” 16mm poly

18”

16mm poly

1/2” poly 3/4”

poly 1” poly

24”

16mm poly

36”

16mm poly

1/2”

poly 3/4”

1/2” poly

Pipe Maximum GPM Size PVC POLY 16 mm N/A 3.3 1/2” 6 4 3/4” 10 8 1” 17 13 1-1/4” 28 20 1-1/2” 37 27 2” 58 50

poly 3’ spacing between sprinklers

CHART NO. 2

SPRINKLER SUPPLY PIPE

Zone Flow (GPM)

4mm/7mm - 4mm inside dia. x 7mm outside dia. PE - polyethylene

Distribution & Mainline Pipe Sizing

Dripper Spacing 6”

FPF - Female Press Fit FPT - Female Pipe Thread

CHART NO. 3

CHART NO. 1

MPF - Male Press Fit

GPM- Gallons Per Minute

= 6.35 mm = 10.00 mm = 13.20 mm = 17.70 mm

3. Use chart no. 3 to determine the mainline and distribution pipe sizing based on the total GPM of water demand.

Length of Pipe (feet)

Mist System

2. Total the number of baskets intended to be watered per zone at one time. Determine the GPM necessary using the Zone Flow (GPM) chart no. 2 to determine now many gallons of water per minute (GPM) it will take to provide enough water at the rate of 0.5 GPH (gallons per hour) per basket.

Number of Hanging Baskets

GPM

200 2

400 3

600 5

800 7

1000 8

GPM

1200 10

1400 12

1600 13

1800 15

2000 17

DISTRIBUTION PIPE

MAINLINE PIPE

www.hummert.com

Irrigation Questionnaire Please complete the following questionnaire so that we may design an irrigation system to fit you needs. If you have any questions please give us a call.

Contact Information: Name:____________________________________________________________ Date:___________________________________________________________ Company:_________________________________________________________ Customer number:_______________________________________________ Address:__________________________________________________________ Phone:_________________________ Fax:_____________________________ City:______________________________________________________________ State:__________________________ Email:___________________________ Preferred contact method:__________________________________________ Best time to contact:_____________________________________________

Purpose:  Design a new system  Work with an old system What would you like to add/repair?_________________________________________________________________ Brand of current fixtures?__________________________________________________________________________

Your Water Supply: Source:___________________________________________________________

Flow:_____________________________________________________________ gph (for help finding flow see page 262) Injection stem?

 No  Yes_ Brand:_______________________________________________________________

Treatment System?

 No  Yes

Brand:___________________________

Outdoor System:  Farm  Golf Course  Nursery  Athletic Field  Other___________________

Approximate Area:_________________________________

Max Distance from water source:___________________________________ What type of crop/turf is being watered?__________________________

Structural Systems:  Greenhouse  Shadehouse  Hoophouse/ High tunnel

other:__________________________________

Structure dimensions:_____________________________________________________________________________ Crops to be irrigated:______________________________________________________________________________ Benches:______________Number:____________________________________ Size:____________________________________________________________

 Rolling________  Stationary____________________________________ Beds:_________________Number:____________________________________ Size:___________________________ Media:__________________________ Hanging Baskets: Rows:___________________________________________ Per Row:________________________ Spacing:________________________ Water Method:

 Mist_  Sprinkler  Ebb and Flo  Drippers  Capillary mat  Hydroponic

Other_______________________________

Additional Comments or Questions: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ ___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

800-325-3055

www.hummert.com

263

Irrigation Questionnaire

Pressure:__________________________________________________________ psi (for help finding pressure see page 262)

Drip Tape Multiple filtering inlets

Slit outlet Economical to use in a multitude of applications: • Greenhouse and Ground Bed • Vegetable and Flower Production • Selected Nursery Crops (mums) • Field Crop Applications • Bulb Production • Row Crops

Maximum Length of Run for 90% Uniformity — 0% Slope

5/8” Chapin Tape 1.8 1.5 1.33

Chapin drip tape

Turbulent Flow - BTF

230 259 280

1.0

337

0.85

374

0.65 445 • Multiple Inlet Orifices ensure a continuous water flow to 0.5 528 each dripper 0.4 610 • Turbulent Flow Path design provides larger internal dimensions 736 0.3 offering higher resistance to clogging 828 0.25 • Engineered extruded high quality polyethylene film ensures 958 0.2 round sides providing higher resistance to insect bites and 0.1 field abrasion • Off center outlets restricts water movement along the tape and ensures each drop falls to the soil • Slit design outlet will prevent root intrusion and soil ingestion • A low emitter exponent will ensure less flow and pressure variation on steep slopes to help increase emission uniformity • Lower winding tension to ensure less retraction in the field and avoid kinking and snaking during installation

Outlet Flow Rate Spacing GPM/100’ @ 10 PSI Feet/Roll

Catalog Number

PC-1 1-4

PC-2 5-9

1500

PC-3 10 & up

8 MIL Chapin Drip Tape 4" 1 4" 1 8” 0.65 8” 0.65 12” 0.4 12” 0.4 10 MIL Chapin Drip Tape

7500’ 18-0040 $ — $ — $— 1000’ 18-0045 — — — 7500’ 18-0042 — — — 1000’ 18-0046 — — — 7500’ 18-0044 — — — 1000’ 18-0047 — — —

1 4” 8” 0.65 12” 0.4 15 MIL Chapin Drip Tape 4” 1 8” 0.65 12” 0.4 16” 0.2

6000’ 18-0060 $ — $ — $— 6000’ 18-0062 — — — 6000’ 18-0064 — — — 4000’ 18-0070 $ — $ — $— 4000’ 18-0072 — — — 4000’ 18-0074 — — — 4500’ 18-0050 — — —

Use with Tape-Loc Fittings on next page

Helpful Instructions for Using and Installing 5/8”(.625”) Drip Tape 1. W  ater must be clean. Sand filters and chemical treatment are standard requirements. 2. Regular cleaning and maintenance of the system including filters, main lines, manifolds, and drip tape laterals, is required. 3. Only water soluble fertilizers can be used. Some fertilizers cannot be mixed or precipitation can occur in lateral lines. Operate system until all residual fertilizers and chemicals are out of the drip tape before shutting down system. Residual fertilizers in the system could cause plugging and possibly root intrusion. 4. If insects, rodents, and pests are present, controls must be implemented to avoid damage to drip tape tubing.

264

800-325-3055

5. R  oot intrusion into the orifice (outlet) can occur if plants are under-irrigated. Ensure adequate irrigation. 6. F or drip tape to operate properly, the system must be designed and installed correctly avoiding cuts, kinks, abrasions, and stretching. Install with outlets facing up. Support the cardboard discs during installation. Drip tape must not be placed in contact with clear plastics, such as plastic mulch. 7. P  ressurize the system immediately to determine if any damage occurred during the installation, and to avoid compaction.

8. Recommended operating pressures: 5 mil 8 mil 15 mil Minimum 6 PSI 6 PSI 6 PSI Maximum 10 PSI 12 PSI 15 PSI 9. U  nder certain circumstances increased pressure of short duration may help as a flushing method. Increased pressure flushes are to be used infrequently and are not a substitute for regular maintenance. Maximum pressures: 5 mil 8 mil 15 mil 12 PSI 15 PSI 25 PSI

www.hummert.com

Tape-Loc Fittings For use with all 5/8” drip tape. Tape-Loc® Fittings are designed to provide tight, fast, reliable leak proof connections on thin wall tape and tape-like products.

1

2

18-7180 Tape-Loc Coupling TL x TL

• Time tested durability for superior in-field performance • Re-usable year after year • Chemical, UV and heat resistant • Made in the U.S.A. • Fits most 4 mil to 25 mil tapes 3 4

5

6

18-7183 3/4” Female Hose Swivel (with Washer) x Tape-Loc

10

18-5138 Grommets for PVC

12

13

Tape-Loc & Lay-Flat Connector 18-7172 14

18-3529 Oval Hose Punch

18-3527 Lay-Flat Punch

250 barb vs. 400 barb:

18-7179 3/4” Male Pipe x Tape-Loc 8

18-7192 .250” Barb x Tape Loc

18-7178 Tape-Loc x End Flush Valve

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Model Description Number 1-49 50 & up 1 CPT-06-LS TL x TL Coupling 18-7180- $ — $— 2 TEE-06-LS TL x TL x TL Tee 18-7188- — — 3 ELL-06-LS TL x TL Elbow 18-7185- — — 4 MA-06-LS1 TL x 3/4” MP 18-7179- — — 5 FHS-06-LS-WW TL x 3/4” FH swivel 18-7183- — — 6 END-06-LSC TL x HT Cap 18-7191- — — 7 250B-06-LS TL x 250 barb 18-7192- — — 8 END-BV-06-LS TL x end flush/valve 18-7178- — — 4 MA-06-LS TL x 1/2” MPT 18-7181- — — 4 MHT-06-LS TL x 3/4” MH 18-7182- — — — SSP-06-LS TL x 1/2” Male Slip 18-7184- — — BARB FITTINGS FOR PVC PIPE 7 400B-06-LS 400 Barb x TL 18-7170- $ — $— 9 250-BV-06-LS 250 Barb x Shut Off 18-3591- — — 9 31-TV5B400 400 Barb x Shut Off 18-3592- — — GROMMETS FOR PVC PIPE 10 400-GRO Drill 9/16” hole 18-5138- $ — $— min 1” PVC MISTAKE PLUGS 11 HP25 Plug holes for 250 barb 18-3523- $ — $— .075”-1.70” 11 MP400 Plug holes for 400 barb 18-3525- — — TAPE-LOC X LAY FLAT CONNECTOR 12 FHC-06-LS 18-7172- $ — $— LAY-FLAT PUNCH 13 LFP-LS-1 For FHC-06(09)-LS, Blue 18-3527- $ — — OVAL HOSE PUNCH 14 PP-400 Hole Punch 400 barb 18-3529- $ — —

Tape-Loc® Fitting to Tape Installation

• Use 250 barb only for runs under 200’ • Longer runs require the 400 barb for higher flow rates

800-325-3055

www.hummert.com

265

tape-loc fittings

Tape Loc x Shut Off Valve 250 & 400 Barb 18-3591 & 18-3592

Mistake Plugs 18-3523 & 18-3525

7

18-7191 3/4” Thread Cap x Tape Loc

9

11

18-7185 Tape-Loc EII (TL x TL)

18-7188 Tape-Loc Tee (TL x TL x TL)

Layflat & Oval Hose Size

Sun-Flow® Layflat

2” 3” 4”

Model SFAF2300V SFAF3300V SFAF4300V Inside Diameter 2.09” 3.07” 4.13” Wall Thickness 0.059” 0.063” 0.067” Max Pressure 80 psi 80 psi 70 psi Length/Roll 300’ 300’ 300’ Weight/Roll 73lbs 108 lbs 158 lbs Catalog Number 18-0088-1 18-0090-1 18-0092-1 $ — $ — $— Price

• 3-Ply Polyester Yarns • Both tube and cover are extruded simultaneously to obtain maximum bonding • 300’ per roll • Temperature Range: -5°F to 170°F

After Pressurization

layflat & oval hose

Oval Hose • Manufactured from virgin LLDPE using advanced extrusion technology • Once pressurized becomes 98% round • Suitable for surface as well as subsurface installation • UV stabilized. No environmental effects • Oval shape reduces freight and storage cost • Tested as per American Society of Ag Engineers standard

98% round

Before Pressurization Length/ Weight/ Catalog Size Roll Roll Number Price 1.5” 150’ 13 lbs 18-3670-1 $— 300’ 25 lbs 18-3671-1 — 600’ 50 lbs 18-3672-1 — 2” 150’ 21 lbs 18-3673-1 — 450’ 52 lbs 18-3674-1 —

Nominal Diameter Model Inside Diameter Wall Thickness Working Pressure

1.5” 2” JOH040040 JOH052051 1.60” 2.05” 0.040” 0.051” 21 psi 21psi

Lay-Flat Insert Fittings For Sunflow Layflat & Oval Hose • These extra large insert fittings are designed for Lay-Flat hose and provide extra strength with maximum flow • They are to be used with the Hy-gear type clamps as found on page 287 COUPLING – INSERT 1 1⁄2” 18-4150-1 $— 2” 18-4151-1 — 3” 18-4152-1 — FEMALE ADAPTER – INSERT 1 1⁄2” 18-4153-1 $— 2” 18-4154-1 — 3” 18-4155-1 — ELBOW – INSERT 1 1⁄2” 18-4156-1 $— 2” 18-4157-1 — 3” 18-4158-1 — REDUCER 2” Male x 11⁄2” Insert 18-4159-1 3” x 2” Insert x Insert 18-4174-1

MALE ADAPTER – INSERT 1 1⁄2” 18-4160-1 $— 2” 18-4161-1 — 3” 18-4162-1 — PLUG – INSERT 1 1⁄2” 18-4163-1 $— 2” 18-4164-1 — 3” 18-4165-1 — TEE – INSERT 1 1⁄2” 18-4166-1 $— 2” 18-4167-1 — 3” 18-4168-1 —

MALE ADAPTER

FEMALE ADAPTER

ELBOW

PLUG

TEE

$— —

11⁄4” = 35mm; 11⁄2”=38mm; 2” = 50mm; 3” = 76 mm; 4” = 100mm

266

COUPLING

800-325-3055

REDUCER

www.hummert.com

Space-it Dripline Space-It Dripline is a drip system for watering rows of potted plants • It’s a thin wall dripline with pre-spaced drippers designed to be placed directly over the top of pots. • Each dripper is visibly marked for spacing containers in a row under the dripper outlet. • The dripline is stretched across the top of pots and is secured at the end connection with enough tension to keep it in place over the top of pots. • Space-it Dripline allows you to choose a dripper spacing that matches your needs. Spacing available in the most common dripper spacings for potted plants; 12”, 14”, 16”, 18”, 20”, and 24”.

SPECIFICATIONS:

• The water is supplied to the driplines from a supply header, which can be either 3/4” poly or PVC pipe.

Recommended filtration . . . . . . . . . . . 120 mesh Maximum operating pressure . . . . . 12 psi Inside diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .636” Wall thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 mil Length of coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9,000 ft

• The Dripline comes in a 9,000’ coil, which, at 10” spacing, will handle 10,800 pots, and at 24” spacing will handle 4,500 pots.

2013

PC - 1 1 - 4 $ — — — — — —

PC - 2 5 & up $ — — — — — —

PERFECT PLANTS Call our Plants & Cuttings Department

(800) 325-3055 ext. 1142

(800) 325-3055 ext. 1142 We Appreciate Your Business

Thank You!

3/4” MIPT Male Adapter – Used to connect the DripperLine to PVC pipe fittings. Barb Connector with Shut-Off Valve – Used to connect the DripperLine to Poly Pipe. Line End Plug with Ring – Used to close off the end of the DripperLine and anchor, for tension on the DripperLine. Filtration – It is recommended that a 120 mesh filter be installed on the water supply line.

Barb Connector with Shut-Off

Line End Plug with Ring

16 mm Punch for Poly Pipe

Description 3/4” MIPT male adapter Barb connector/shut-off

Qty/ Catalog PC - 1 PC - 2 Pkt Number 1-9 10 & up 100 19-6622- $ — $— 100 19-6626- — —

Line End Plug

100 19-6628-

—

—

16 mm punch

1 18-4099-

—

—

800-325-3055

FEMALE PIPE THREAD (FPT)

MALE PIPE THREAD (MPT)

SLIP x SLIP x THREAD 1 2 3

FEMALE HOSE SWIVEL

SPIGOT

SLIP (PVC)

NPT = NFT = BSW = BFT =

Fresno, CA

3/4” MIPT Male Adapter

PLUMBING ABBREVIATIONS

FHT = Female Hose Thread MHT = Male Hose Thread FPT = Female Pipe Thread MPT = Male Pipe Thread SLIP = Solvent Weld Socket; for use with PVC fittings or pipe FS = Female Slip MS = Male Slip or Spigot INSERT = For use with poly pipe SPIGOT = Male Slip to be inserted into Female Slip fitting BARB = Insert end to adapt to hose FEMALE SWIVEL = 2-part fitting The Female part can be tightened onto a separate, usually stationary, male fitting

SHIPPED FOB:

Installation Components

We have the for you!

© 2012 Hummert International

Catalog Number 19-6602- 19-6604- 19-6606- 19-6608- 19-6610- 19-6612-

INSERT BARB

National Pipe Thread; or the accepted American Standard Tapered Pipe Thread National Fine Thread British Standard Whitworth British Fine Whitworth

FEMALE PIPE

* NOTE *

1) “Pipe” & “Iron Pipe” are generally considered to be one and the same. 2) Unions should not be confused with swivels. They are used to install equipment in lines.

www.hummert.com

267

space-it dripline

Dripper Flow GPM/100’ Spacing Rate 2gph .4gph 12” .2 gph .39 – 14” .4 gph – .52 16” .4 gph – .45 18” .4 gph – .40 20” .4 gph – .36 24” .4 gph – .30

• For lengths over 100’; locate the supply header in the center and install the driplines outward in both directions with separate connections for each dripline.

Weight per coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 lbs Diameter x height of coil . . . . . . . . . . . 22” x 11” Maximum tension at 75° . . . . . . . . . . . 22 lbs Maximum tension at 85° . . . . . . . . . . . 15 lbs

SpinNet Watering & Sprinkling Nozzles The Netafim irrigation systems are not only engineered for optimum performance, they also provide for ease of design, installation and maintenance.  The NETAFIM SpinNet nozzles achieve a high level of uniformity with closely spaced “strip of sprinklers”. Using this design for large and small areas provides uniform coverage.

 NETAFIM sprinklers are affordably priced and payback for a complete system is usually within the first season of operation. This holds true whether the system is designed using the SpinNet sprinklers or the VibroNet sprinklers SPINNET nozzle assembly

Dripless Sprinklers  Dripless operation – the plants below are not damaged from water dripping off the sprinkler  The check valve prevents the sprinkler line from draining onto plants below after shut-down and provides instant on-off for accurate short cycle watering and misting.

Male press-fit Check valve Mist control

Uniform Watering

Body

 Using the new generation design assures more uniform coverage, increasing crop uniformity and reduction of plant loss

Spinner

Durable  Made from high-quality plastics with excellent Ultra-Violet (UV) resistance. The reflective white tubing is completely opaque to prevent algae growth and can withstand heat, direct sun and harsh chemicals

Wider Patterns  The SpinNet Sprinklers produce a wider pattern (up to 24’), allowing for a single line where previously two lines were required

Easy Installation

SpinNet nozzles

SpinNet Nozzle shown attached to the optional Hanging Assembly

COMPLETE SYSTEM

 The Nozzles are “PRESS-FIT” and can be used with either an 12”, 24”, 30”, 36” or 48” hanging assembly on page 270 and must be ordered separately

Super Flex UV White™ PE Tubing

Recommended to be used with a 35 psi pressure regulator (see page 296) and a 120 mesh filter (see page 295) All Sprinkler recommendations are based on an average sprinkler working pressure of 30 psi and spacing between sprinklers of 3 feet. One Line Installation

Stabilizer weight keeps sprinkler plumb

One Line Solutions for Single Bay or Quonset Bay Width (ft)

Spacing Between Sprinklers (ft)

2’ - 3’

Height Above Crop 4’ - 5’

6’ - 7’

10 12 14 15 16 18 20 22 24

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

R-R-BL R-R-BL BR-BR-BL R-R-GY R-R-GY R-R-GN — — —

— R-R-BL BR-BR-BL BR-BR-BL BR-Y-GY BR-Y-GY R-R-GN R-R-GN —

— — R-R-BL R-R-BL R-R-BL BR-Y-GY BR-BR-GN BR-BR-GN BR-BR-GN

Two Line Solutions for Single Bay or Quonset Bay Width (ft)

Two Line Installation

Spacing Between Spacing Sprinkler Between Lines (ft) Sprinklers (ft)

20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

11 12 12 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Flow GPH Model Description 18.4 R-R-BL Red Mist, Red Body, Blue Spinner 23.4 BR-BR-BL Brown Mist, Brown Body, Blue Spinner 18.4 R-R-GY Red Mist, Red Body, Grey Spinner 23.4 BR-Y-GY Brown Mist, Yellow Body, Grey Spinner 18.4 R-R-GN Red Mist, Red Body, Green Spinner 23.4 BR-BR-GN Brown Mist, Brown Body, Green Spinner

268

800-325-3055

Catalog Number 19-7600- 19-7602- 19-7604- 19-7606- 19-7608- 19-7610-

3’

Height Above Crop 6’ - 7’ 4’ - 5’

R-R-BL R-R-BL R-R-BL BR-BR-BL BR-BR-BL R-R-GY R-R-GN R-R-GN R-R-GN BR-BR-GN PC-1 Each $ — — — — — —

— — R-R-BL — R-R-BL R-R-BL R-R-BL R-R-BL R-R-BL R-R-BL R-R-GY BR-BR-BL R-R-GY BR-BR-BL R-R-GY BR-BR-BL R-R-GY R-R-GN R-R-GN R-R-GN PC-2 Case of 25 $— — — — — —

Mister, sprayer, spinner determines wetted patterns

Optional Hanging Assembly ON page 270

Check valve

spaced on 3-foot centers

Netafim One Line Solution

Netafim Two Line Solution

Supply Line Tubing

page 286

www.hummert.com

Coolnet Fogging System  Super-fine static mist especially designed for cooling and humidifying greenhouses and livestock, and for irrigating over propagation tables  Fogger has four nozzles that each produces a nominal flow rate of 2 gph at 60 psi with an average particle size of 90 microns  Designed to be used with the hanging assembly on the next page by a press-fit connection.  60 psi is required for optimal operation; higher pressures do not improve performance  It is recommended to use a pressure regulator set at 65 psi in addition to a 140 mesh disc filter

Model Flow Min. Operating Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Color Number Rate Pressure Number Each Bag of 25 Purple 0303420LL-B 8.1 gph 28 19-7675- $ — $ — Orange 0303420HL-B 8.1 gph 58 19-7673- — — CoolNet fogger blocker Bag of 25 19-7676-

$—

1. When using the 4-way fogger nozzle, space them 3’-5’ apart along the supply line. The lower GPH foggers should be spaced more closely than the higher GPH foggers. If spaced on 3’ centers, they can be used to convert from fogging to watering. 2. Fogger supply lines should be spaced 3’ apart. 3. Place foggers a minimum of 18”- 30” above the plants. 4. Set the fogger trajectories at 45º to one another to avoid pattern interference/overlap. 5. Typical operation is for 10 seconds every 5 -10 minutes depending on crop requirements. See page 208-310 for misting controllers. These are excellent for maintaining automatic control of the propagation area. See page 53 for Rhizopon rooting compounds to enhance root development.

3’

3’

Netfim fogging systems

FIVE RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INSTALLING AN EFFECTIVE PROPAGATION SYSTEM

3’

18” to 30”

For wider benches up to 8’ use two lines of foggers equal distance from the center of the bench. For large areas, use 1 row of foggers for every 4’ width of area to be fogged. Position with 45º offset as shown.

See next page for hanging assemblies

Humidification and Cooling Installations: Typical Installation for Humidification or Cooling

General Spacing and Operation for Humidifying and Cooling Distance Between Fogger Units (ft) Distance Between Lines (ft) 4-Way Fogger Pulse (sec) 4-Way Fogger Interval (sec)

3

5

6.5

10

6.5

10

6.5

10.5

10

10

13

13

1

3

5

10

20

30

74

91

120

150

355

345

• In order to maximize the cooling effect, exhaust fans are recommended to exchange the air about 20 times per hour • These recommendations are general and should be applied in accordance with local condition and limitations • Duration of pulse and interval is to be fine-tuned according to local conditions; the timing provided is just a starting point • For crops that are not sensitive to wetting, the pulse can be prolonged, and/or the interval shortened • Other spacing can certainly be used with foggers; the spacings above give some reference points between spacing and operation intervals

800-325-3055

3’ to 10’ Apart

5’ to 15’ Apart 3’ to 6’ Height (generally, higher is better) Cooling considerations include: • Place foggers as high as possible • Avoid spraying against the roof or structure • Prevent precipitation by adjusting the cycle time

www.hummert.com

269

VibroNet Misting Nozzles Dripless Misters  The plants below are not damaged from water dripping off of the mister  The check valve prevents the mister line from draining onto plants below after shut-down and provides instantaneous on-off for accurate short cycle when misting

Durable  Made from the highest quality plastics with excellent ultra-violet (UV) resistance. The reflective white tubing is completely opaque to prevent algae growth, UV resistant, and can withstand heat, direct sun and harsh chemicals.

Uniform Watering  Excellent uniformity achieved when spaced on 3’ centers

Easy Installation  When spaced on 3’ centers, the vibronet misting nozzle can water a 4’, 5’ or 6’ wide bench  The nozzles are “PRESS-FIT” and can be used with either an 12”, 24”, 30”, 36” or 48” hanging assembly shown below and must be ordered separately  The nozzles can also be adapted to other press-fit components such as the riser adapter below for bench top installations

Versatile  The VibroNet Misting Nozzle can be used upright or inverted with riser adaptor below

Netafim misting nozzles



VibroNet Nozzle shown attached to the optional hanging assembly listed below

Flow GPH Description 10.4 Blue 13.2 Green

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Each Case of 25 19-7615- $ — $— 19-7617- — —

VibroNet Sprinkler

Designed for single bench installations

Components for Sprinklers, Misters & Foggers RISER ADAPTER

Hanging Assembly

 1 /2” FP x female press fit adapter is used for connection to rigid PVC pipe with 1/2” threaded connections and Netafim sprinklers/misters

For Netafim VibroNet, SpinNet, and CoolNet Nozzles



The hanging assembly consists of super flex UV white polyethylene tubing with a barb adapter for inserting into water line, a stabilizer weight and female press fit for accepting either the SpinNet, VibroNet or CoolNet nozzles.

19-7886-1

Each

$—

VibroNet Sprinkler with Riser Adapter

Catalog PC - 1 PC - 2 Length Number 1 - 24 25 & up 12” 19-7869- $ — $— 24” 19-7871- — — 30” 19-7872- — — 36” 19-7873- — — 48” 19-7874- — — 48” Extension 19-7875- — —

GOOF PLUGS

 Used to plug an existing outlet.  Fits 3/4mm or 7mm tubing. 125/.250 19-7632-1 Bag of 10 $ —

BARB x FPF CONNECTOR

 .160 x FPF (female press fit)  Can be used to connect a Netafim nozzle directly into poly pipe 19-7888-1 Each $—

Plastic 3mm Punch 9-7662-1 1 - 9 1 19-7662-2 10 & up

270

VibroNet Mister

SpinNet Sprinkler

CoolNet Fogger

HANGING ASSEMBLY PLUG

 Used to plug the end of a hanging assembly after removing a nozzle 19-7650-1 Bag of 25 $ —

BARB x BARB CONNECTOR

$— —

800-325-3055

 Used to connect two lengths of 4mm inside diameter tubing 19-7885-2 Bag of 25 $ —

www.hummert.com

DGT Misting & Watering Nozzles DGT Misting Nozzles

The DGT misting and watering nozzles are of the finest low pressure nozzles available to the horticultural industry. They are made with strict quality control measures to assure each nozzle performs per specifications. They are made with PVC. The misting nozzles are partly self-cleaning, as the needle vibrates slightly during operation. The nozzles are supplied with a built-in filter, so any fertilizer which is water-soluble can be applied through the DGT nozzles. The nozzles can be used in every application, however, the DGT invertible nozzles are designed for use in areas where excessive dripping from pipe could be a problem. It is suggested the white and blue misting nozzles be alternated on the misting line for better coverage. The heights of their water/mist patterns are different to help prevent the misting patterns from striking each other on the same plane. Be sure to use an automatic drain valve at the end of each line. Nozzles have either a 3/8 BWT thread or are barbed and can be inserted using nozzle adapters.

Nozzle Approx. 50 PSI 72 PSI Spacing Dia GPM GPM 48”-60” 8’-12’ .53 .66 48”-60” 8’-12’ .53 .66 60”-72” 14’-18’ .79 1.14 72”-96” 18’-22’ 1.24 1.66

*Maximum height the spray will arc above the nozzle top.

DGT NOZZLE

Catalog Nozzle Number Short Nozzle — Length, 2-1/2” Blue 18-4540- White 18-4600- Red 18-4610- Yellow 18-4615-

PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 1-99 100-499 500 & Up with 3/8” BSW thread $ — $ — $— — — — — — — — — —

DGT Invertible Misting Nozzles

DGT INVERTIBLE MISTING NOZZLE 1/8” BARB NOZZLE Blue 18-4665- White 18-4666- Red 18-4667- Yellow 18-4668-

$ — — — —

$ — — — —

$— — — —

$ — — — —

$ — — — —

$— — — —

3/8” BWT NOZZLE Blue White Red Yellow

18-4660- 18-4661- 18-4662- 18-4663-

DGT COMPONENTS Catalog PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 Number 1-99 100-499 500 & Up Replacement Pins Blue 18-4544- $ — $ — $— White 18-4605- — — — Red 18-4611- — — — Yellow 18-4616- — — —

DGT NOZZLE BWT insert 1/2” FIPT 1/2” SLIP

ADAPTERS 18-4650- 18-7223- 18-7228-

$ — — —

800-325-3055

$— — —

There are two methods for installing the DGT Nozzles: 1. Use a 5 ⁄16” drill for the hole and tap with a 3 ⁄ 8 British Whitworth Thread directly in steel or PVC schedule 80 pipe. 2. A DGT plastic insert adapter can be used to adapt the DGT nozzles to PVC pipe. Drill schedule 40 PVC pipe with recommended drill bit 7⁄ 16”, 60˚ tapered. The adapter is placed in the hole and the nozzle base is so constructed that as the nozzle is screwed manually into the adapter it expands the plastic wedging the entire nozzle assemble firmly in place.

See Page 292 for Riser BRACES and PVC extensions See Page 294 for AUTO DRAIN VALVE

www.hummert.com

271

misting & watering nozzles

Specifications — Pin color indicates model Nozzle *Water Pin Application Above Noz. W hite Mist/propagation-cooling 8”-10” B lue Mist/propagation-cooling 12”-16” R ed Fine Irrigation 12”-16” Yellow Irrigation 14”-18”

Misting & Watering Nozzles

Pin Perfect Nozzles The Pin Perfect Nozzle is excellent for overhead watering. The pipe, preferably PVC, can be threaded to take the nozzle. An even easier method of installation can be done by drilling a 7/16” hole in the PVC or steel pipe. An assembly insert is pushed in the hole and the nozzle is then screwed in causing the insert to spread and completely seal off any leaks. Space nozzles 4’-5’ apart. Rate of Water Flow in G.P.M. with Water Pressure in lbs. per sq. inch Color Model Green Blue Orange

15 PSI

22 PSI

29 PSI

36 PSI

.69 .80 .90

.82 .95 1.11

.95 1.11 1.30

1.08 1.27 1.48

Pin Perfect Nozzles Green 18-4500- Blue 18-4502- Orange 18-4504- REPLACEMENT PINS Black 18-4505- NOZZLE ADAPTER 18-4510- Inserts

PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 1-99 100-999 1,000 & Up $ — $ — $— — — — — — — $ —

$ —

$—

$ —

$ —

$—

misting nozzles

Dramm Stix™ DRAMM Stixs are designed to water from overhead when overhead lines are impossible. Ideal for bedding plants, azaleas and poinsettias. DRAMM Stix come standard with green Pin Perfect Nozzles unless specific type and color-coded nozzles are requested. The 3/8” BSW thread also accommodates the Pin Perfect Nozzle. Each nozzle sprays a 7’ diameter circle.

 Water supply tubes are inserted at 40” intervals in 3/4” or 1” black polyethylene pipe  To install tube in pipe use a 11/64” drill  Benches up to 70’ long use 3/4” pipe. Over 70’ use 1” pipe  Over 120’ long use 1” pipe with water supply in the middle  Assemblies include poly tubing, stix, and Pin Perfect Nozzles

PR I C E E A C H – O RD E R I N LO TS OF 1 00 Model Catalog PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 Number Length Number 1- 99 100 - 999 1,000 & up SS-16 16” 19-2761- $ — $ — $ — SS-24 24” 19-2762- — — — SS-30 30” 19-2763- — — — SS-36 36” 19-2764- — — —

SHIPPED FOB:

Wisconsin

Tornado Mist Sprayer  Very fine mist for plant propagation or humidification  Photo shows inverted installation of Tornado Mist Sprayer, with anti-drip device (sold separately)  Droplet size: 140 micron operating pressure: 36-50 PSI.  Male press-fit connection (MPF)

50 P.S.I. Color GPH DIA. Blue 7.4 3.5 Red 13.2 4.0

272

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number 1-99 100 & Up 18-9722- $ — $— 18-9724- — —

800-325-3055

Anti-Drip Device – Press Fit  Prevents dripping of inverted nozzles, or those positioned on sloping terrain  Can be mounted in any direction, inverted or upright  Can be used with Netafim systems  Opens only at efficient working pressure (10.5 psi)  Used to prevent damage caused by the drip to sensitive plants  Many uses in hothouses, irrigation and mist systems

Catalog Number 18-9760-

Male press fit

Female press fit & 3/8” BSW

Tornado Ray Jet on anti-drip device

PC-1 1-99 $ —

PC-2 100 & Up $—

www.hummert.com

Misting & Watering Nozzles

Nozzles A practical low cost way to provide moisture for plant propagation and humidity control. Model 1141 – 4 gph .020” orifice Model 1142 – 8-1/2 gph 1/32” orifice  All brass construction with detachable wire baffle  Produces a flat circle of fog like mist spray  Most efficient at 40-50 Psi or higher  Designed to be placed on 3-1/2’ – 4’ centers, depending on your flow rate and pressure  For optimal results make sure to adjust the baffle directly over the orifice with the opening spaced approximately 1/16”  Body is 1/8” male pipe thread

Model Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Description Number 1-99 100 & Up 1141 4 GPH 18-4670- $ — $— 1142 8-1/2 GPH 18-4675- — — Replacement Baffles 18-4685- — —

Nozzle Riser Adapters  Used to adapt various nozzles to riser extensions  1⁄ 2” Inlet — PVC (1) For Baumac, Flora-Mist and Stato-Flo (2) For DGT and Perfect Nozzles

An ultra low volume fog nozzle for use in cooling and humidifying greenhouses. The nozzle orifice is stainless steel, mounted in a brass housing. For use with 1 ⁄ 8” pipe thread. Listed below are brass bushing adapters and reducer tee to be used with the Baumac Fog Nozzles. GPH GPH Spray 40 100 Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Spray Angle PSI PSI Number 1-99 100 & Up Extra Fine Medium Coarse

50˚ .82 1.30 19-2020- 80˚ 1.40 2.21 19-2030- 100˚ 2.13 3.37 19-2035-

$ — — —

$— — —

PC-1 PC-2 Brass Bushings 1-99 100 & Up 1/4” x 1/8” 19-2050- $ — $— 3/8” x 1/8” 19-2060- — — 1/2” x 1/8” 19-2070- — —

PVC Reducing TEE

Slip x Slip x Thread (NPT) 1/2” x 1/2” x 1/8” 19-2075-

PC-1 PC-2 1-49 50 & Up $ — $—

PVC Nozzle Extensions

Schedule 80 – See page 292 for pricing and sizes

800-325-3055

1/2” Threaded Inlet 1/2” Female Slip Inlet Outlet Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Catalog PC-1 Pc-2 Size Number 1-99 100 & Up Number 1-99 100 & Up 1/8” FPT (1) 18-7221- $ — $ — 18-7226- $ — $— 5/16” NFT 18-7222- — — 18-7227- — — 3/8” BSW (2) 18-7223- — — 18-7228- — —

PVC Pipe Saddle Used to adapt misting or watering nozzles with 1/8” thread to straight line PVC pipe. Shown with flora-mist nozzle, sold separately.



Catalog Pipe Saddle Number 1/2” x 1/8” 18-9624-1 3/4” x 1/8” 18-9625-1

PC-1 PC-2 1-49 50 & Up $ — $— — —

PRICES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE While the prices listed are always current at the time of publication, they do change over the time frame of our catalog. To alleviate any problems this may cause, please call for current pricing or visit our website

www.hummert.com

273

misting nozzles & adapters

Baumac ULV Fog

FlorA-Mist nozzle seated in Nozzle Riser Adapter threaded on Nozzle Riser Extension supported by wire Riser Brace

Inverted Misting Nozzles

Upright Misting Nozzles  The new patented mister is designed specifically for propagation or other low volume misting applications

 The new patented mister is designed specifically for propagation or other low volume misting applications  Built-in check valve prevents plant damage below from leakage

 They offer superior uniformity within the 360˚ circle of mist with a minimum operating of 30 psi and maximum of 60 psi

 They offer superior uniformity within the 360˚ circle of mist with a minimum operating of 30 psi and maximum of 60 psi  Recommended mister spacing 2 - 4 ft.; lateral run spacing, 2 4 ft

 Recommended mister spacing 2 - 4 ft.; lateral run spacing, 2 - 4 ft.

 Available with 3/8" BSW and 1/2" MPT

 Available with 3/8" BSW and 1/2" MPT

misting nozzles

 Nozzles are recommended to be 24" above crop

 Recommended 12" above crop

Size Color Flow Rate 1/2“ MPT Lt Blue 7.5 – 9.7 gph 1/2“ MPT Blue 12.5 – 16.2 gph 1/2“ MPT Purple 15.9 – 20.5 gph 1/2“ MPT Black 17.8 – 23.4 gph 3/8“ BSW Lt Blue 7.5 – 9.7 gph 3/8“ BSW Blue 12.5 – 16.2 gph 3/8“ BSW Purple 15.9 – 20.5 gph 3/8“ BSW Black 17.8 – 23.4 gph 1/4“ Barb Lt Blue 7.5 – 9.7 gph 1/4“ Barb Purple 15.9 – 20.5 gph

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number 1 – 49 50 & up 18-5350- $ — $— 18-5352- — — 18-5354- — — 18-5356- — — 18-5360- — — 18-5362- — — 18-5364- — — 18-5366- — — 18-5370- — — 18-5374- — —

Drop Assembly and Inverted Micro-Sprinkler Nozzles  Exceptional uniformity and water distribution even in single row installations  Delivers fine droplets ideal for irrigating seedlings and maintaining humidity levels in greenhouses  As seen in the illustration, the Drop Assembly consist of a .270” barb fitting (for attaching to PE pipe), tubing, connector, 12” x 1/2” PVC, 1/2” PVC slip by 1/2” FPT (for either or both, Drain Stop Plus and/or Inverted Micro-Sprinkler, both must be ordered separately)  Upright nozzles are available on special order, minimum of 50 per nozzle.

Drop Assembly 24”

36” 48” Catalog no. 18-5300-1 18-5302-1 18-5304-1 1 - 49, each $ — $ — $ — Catalog no. 18-5300-2 18-5302-2 18-5304-2 50 & up, each $ — $ — $ —

Inverted Micro-Sprinkler Nozzles

Drain Stop Plus Nozzle

1/2” MNPT #3-Ice #4-Lt Blue #5-Beige #6-Gold Flow, gph, 20 psi 16.8 30.0 46.2 66.6 Flow, gph, 30 psi 20.4 36.6 57.0 81.6 Dia @ 6’ ht, 20 psi 30’ 33’ 38’ 39’ Dia @ 6’ ht, 30 psi 32’ 36’ 40’ 40’ Catalog no. 18-5290-1 18-5292-1 18-5294-1 18-5296-1 1 - 49, each $ — $ — $ — $ — Catalog no. 18-5290-2 18-5292-2 18-5294-2 18-5296-2 50 & up, each $ — $ — $ — $ —

Drain Stop Plus 18-5495-1 1-24 18-5495-2 25 & up

274

$— —

800-325-3055

Size Color Flow Rate 1/2” MPT Red 6.8 - 8.6 gph 1/2” MPT Orange 10.8 - 14.0 gph 1/2” MPT Yellow 14.1 - 18.3 gph 1/2” MPT Green 17.8 - 23.4 gph 3/8” BSW Red 6.8 - 8.6 gph 3/8” BSW Orange 10.8 - 14.0 gph 3/8” BSW Yellow 6.8 - 8.6 gph 3/8” BSW Green 10.8 - 14.0 gph

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number 1 – 49 50 & up 18-5250- $ — $ — 18-5252- — — 18-5254- — — 18-5256- — — 18-5260- — — 18-5262- — — 18-5264- — — 18-5266- — —

T-Spray Misters

 The T-SPRAY misters provide a fine spray for propagation, germination and general watering over a larger area  They provide a 360° spray pattern and can be used in either an upright or inverted position

 The High Angle nozzle provides for a larger diameter of coverage  The removable T-stem is easy cleaning  No moving parts for longer life  Available in 1/2“ MPT

Nozzle Flow at Coverage Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Color 20 psi at 3’ ht Number 1 – 24 25 & up

Upright & Inverted T-Spray Gold 1.1 gpm 18.5‘ diameter 18-5270- Lime 1.6 gpm 19.5‘ diameter 18-5272- Lavender 2.1 gpm 20.0‘ diameter 18-5274-

$ — — —

$— — —

$ —

$—

High Angle T-Spray Dark Lavender

2.0 gpm 27.5‘ diameter 18-5280-

We Appreciate Your Business

Thank You! www.hummert.com

Performance Misting Kit Ready-To-Assemble 5-Nozzle Mist And Cooling Kit  Sturdy 1/2” paintable UV treated PVC construction  Attractive single color design  Cools outdoor temperatures as much as 20°F  Economical – Low water and no power required (half gallon per hour per nozzle)

 Hooks to any standard garden hose  Can be expanded up to 250’  One kit contains everything you need for 10’ of mist

Basic Outdoor Mist Cooling System Pre-Assembled 5-Nozzle Mist & Cooling Kit  Provides 10’ of mist tubing with 10’ solid connection tubing  Cools outdoor temperatures as much as 20°F  Made of UV Resistant 3/8” flexible tubing  Expands up to 50’ by using the extension kit

 5 mist nozzles made of premium brass and stainless steel  Rotatable fittings for easy direction of mist  Perfect for patio, poolside, play area, veranda, green­ house, and kennel use

3/8” Misting System Extension Nozzles provide a fine mist for misting and humidification

 Pre-assembled and  ready to install  UV resistant 3/8” flexible tubing  Adds an additional 10’ to the Basic Outdoor Cooling 3/8” Misting System

• Patio Areas and Gardens • Garden Center Display areas for your customer’s comfort • Residential/Commercial Greenhouses

Includes:(1) 10’ of Mist Tubing with Fittings, (5) Brass and Stainless Mist Nozzles, (10) Hanging Clamps, (1) T-filter, (1) Auto Drain Valve

• Stables/Kennels

Includes: 9 – 22” Lengths of 1/2” PVC Pipe, 1 – Hose Adapter, 1 – Can of PVC Cement, 1 – Hose Adapter Washer, 1 - T-Filter, 3 – 1/2” PVC Couplers, 3 – Slip 90° Elbows, 1 – 1/2” PVC Cap, 7 – Hanging Clamps, 1 – Automatic Drain Valve, 6 – PVC Split Section Couplings, 5 – Brass and Stainless Steel Misting Nozzles

Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Model Description Case Number Each Case 30060 3/8” Mist System 6 18-9905- $ — $— 30068 3/8” Extension 10 18-9925- — —

Model 16055 18-9900-1 Each $ — 1/2” FPT adapter 18-9900-2 Case of 4 Kits — Brass & Stainless, Replacement Nozzles For connecting 1/2” 18-9910-1 Package of 5 $ — sprinklers to PE supply line 18-9910-2 Case of 15 —  9mm I.D. x 48” length tubing, 1/2” FIPT 8mm stake adapter 9 mm ID x 48”  8mm stake not included PE Tubing The Vibro-Spray HF is a high-flow sprinkler (1  Works well with mega net sprinklers gpm at 30 psi) with a flat trajectory that delivers SPRINKLER STAND extraordinarily-high uniformity, even under windy 19-7892-1 Each $— conditions. 19-7892-2 Bag of 25 — Range up to 10’ depending on 8mm PUNCH water pressure. 19-7893-1 Each $—

Sprinkler Stand

Applications:

 Mounted upright or upside down: 1/2” female pipe thread  Use where fast, uniform watering is required  Excellent for nursery and other heavy foliage container crops  Low price permits cost effective See page 292 conversion of large sprinkler areas for PVC Risers  Ideal for use where wind drift is a problem with low-volume sprinklers 19-7889-1 Each 19-7889-2 Case of 25

$— —

800-325-3055

8 mm stake sold separately

Vibro-Spray HF (Hi-Flow)

1/2” Male Adapter For connecting VibroSpray HF to microtubing  1/2” male adapter x male micronet  Adapts to hanging sprinkler assembly (page 270)  For inverted installation 19-7883-1 Each 19-7883-2 Bag of 25

$— —

Supply Line

www.hummert.com

275

mist & cooling kits

The Perfect systems for Mist Cooling, Humidification and Propagation

On/Off Twist Weights Excellent for hanging pot and multilateral systems  Precision plastic coated metal weights  Multiple tube lengths 12” - 72”  Available in 0.036”, 0.050” and 0.076” ID  Large pressure range 4 - 30 psi  Looks orderly and neat on a bench

 Ideal for both small and large pots  Quickly adapts between crop change over  Cost effective solution for pot irrigation  On/Off feature to shut off supply as required  100 mesh filter recommended

Twist Weight Flow Rate (gpm) Non-PC

PSI ID SPACING 12” 18” 24” 30” 36” 42” 48” 60” 72”

0.036

0.050

on/off twist weights

0.060

0.075

4

0.0170

0.0135

0.0113

0.0100

0.0090

0.0082

0.0076

0.0066

0.0058

10

0.0315

0.0250

0.0215

0.0190

0.0170

0.0155

0.0145

0.0125

0.0110

15

0.0410

0.0327

0.0280

0.0245

0.0220

0.0205

0.0190

0.0162

0.0144

20

0.0500

0.0400

0.0342

0.0302

0.0275

0.0250

0.0230

0.0198

0.0175

30

0.0632

0.0530

0.0450

0.0400

0.0360

0.0328

0.0302

0.0260

0.0230

4

0.0435

0.0329

0.0268

0.0230

0.0202

0.0182

0.0166

0.0142

0.0130

10

0.0790

0.0610

0.0500

0.0435

0.0385

0.0345

0.0318

0.0273

0.0255

15

0.1020

0.0790

0.0660

0.0570

0.0505

0.0467

0.0422

0.0365

0.0350

20

0.1220

0.0950

0.0800

0.0695

0.0615

0.0560

0.0518

0.0450

0.0438

30

0.1590

0.1250

0.1060

0.0920

0.0830

0.0755

0.0700

0.0615

0.0597

4

0.0720

0.0555

0.0460

0.0395

0.0352

0.0310

0.0295

0.0253

0.0245

10

0.1190

0.0945

0.0800

0.0710

0.0640

0.0585

0.0545

0.0480

0.0472

15

0.1500

0.1200

0.1030

0.0910

0.0825

0.0760

0.0710

0.0630

0.0622

20

0.1720

0.1410

0.1220

0.1080

0.0990

0.0915

0.0860

0.0765

0.0757

30

0.2180

0.1800

0.1570

0.1400

0.1280

0.1200

0.1120

0.1000

0.0992

4

0.1150

0.0970

0.0850

0.0780

0.0700

0.0650

0.0610

0.0550

0.0490

10

0.1900

0.1630

0.1430

0.1300

0.1190

0.1100

0.1030

0.0920

0.0830

15

0.2380

0.2000

0.1780

0.1640

0.1490

0.1380

0.1280

0.1150

0.1040

20

0.2780

0.2370

0.2100

0.1920

0.1760

0.1620

0.1510

0.1360

0.1240

30

0.3480

0.2970

0.2630

0.2410

0.2200

0.2030

0.1890

0.1700

0.1550

On/Off Twist Feature

Standard Package: 100/bag PR IC E EA C H .036” .050” .060” .076” PC-1 PC-2 Length EWO36- EWO50- EWO60- EWO76- 1-99 100 & up 12” 18-0112- 18-0212- 18-0512- 18-0612- $ — $— 18” 18-0118- 18-0218- 18-0518- 18-0618- — — 24” 18-0124- 18-0224- 18-0524- 18-0624- — — 30” 18-0130- 18-0230- 18-0530- 18-0630- — — 36” 18-0136- 18-0236- 18-0536- 18-0636- — — 42” 18-0142- 18-0242- 18-0542- 18-0642- — — 48” 18-0148- 18-0248- 18-0548- 18-0648- — — 60” 18-0160- 18-0260- 18-0560- 18-0660- — — 72” 18-0172- 18-0272- 18-0572- 18-0672- — — Design Recommendation SHIPPED FOB: Watertown, NY Maximum Recommended Pots 3/4” lateral supply line and 36” long Twist Weight Multilateral System 0.036"ID 1600 pots 0.050”ID

900 pots

0.060”ID

700 pots

0.076”ID

400 pots

Quick-Punch

 Quick-Punch 1/2” and 3/4” main  Adjustable for tube size  Leakproof joints  Durable plastic construction  3.0 mm (Blue tip - .100” hole) 18-0024-1 Each

$—

• Newest edition of Hummert’s Helpful Hints • Pages are brimming with horticultural growing hints, conversion charts, formulas, graphs and charts and an assortment of interesting trivia, with a bit of humor thrown in.

276

800-325-3055

www.hummert.com

Pressure Compensating (PC) Twist Weights On/Off Twist Feature

Excellent for hanging pot and multilateral systems

 Precision plastic coated metal weights Custom System

 Looks orderly and neat on a bench  Ideal for both small and large pots

pressure compensating pc twist weights

 Quickly adapts between crop change over  Cost effective solution for pot irrigation  Available in 0.5 gph, 1.0 gph, or 2.0 gph  Large pressure range 7 - 30 psi  Click-Tif PC-CNL (Closed Non-Leak) emitter is used in this application  100 mesh filter recommended Model PCEOW = .076” ID On/Off tubes with pressure compensating emitters Standard Package: 100/bag

Length 12” 18” 24” 30” 36” 48” 60” 72”

0.5 gph 1.0 gph 2.0 gph Emitter Emitter Emitter 18-0730- 18-0740- 18-0750- 18-0731- 18-0741- 18-0751- 18-0732- 18-0742- 18-0752- 18-0733- 18-0743- 18-0753- 18-0734- 18-0744- 18-0754- 18-0736- 18-0746- 18-0756- 18-0737- 18-0747- 18-0757- 18-0738- 18-0748- 18-0758-

Installation Components

Quick-Punch  Quick-Punch 1/2” and 3/4” main  Adjustable for tube size  Leakproof joints  Durable plastic construction  3.0 mm (Blue tip - .100” hole) 18-0024-1 Each

PR IC E EA C H PC-1 PC-2 1-99 100 & up $ — $— — — — — — — — — — — — — — —

$—

Pressure Regulators See page 296 Filters See page 295

PRICES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE While the prices listed are always current at the time of publication, they do change over the time frame of our catalog. To alleviate any problems this may cause, please call for current pricing or visit our website

800-325-3055

Main Supply Line See page 286

www.hummert.com

277

2-Way & 4-Way Multi-Outlet Dripper (MOD) Assemblies

drippers

2-Way Multi-Outlet Dripper System

4-Way Multi-Outlet Dripper System

 One dripper serves 2 or 4 containers  Flow rate to each tube will vary from either .25 gph to 1.0 gph depending on the WPCJ dripper selected  Ideal for 4" - 8" pots for uniform watering throughout  Pre-fitted with PE tubing on the standard angle arrow dripper and manifold. This reduces installation time  For complete assembly, order the 2 or 4-way Multi-Outlet dripper assembly with tubing and either the Grey (1.0 gph) or Green (2.0 gph) WPC dripper

Create a custom system

Arrow Angle Dripper

Tubes & Qty/ Catalog PC - 1 PC - 2 Lengths Bag Number Each Case 2-24“ 25 19-7990- $ — $— 2-30“ 25 19-7988- — — 4-18“ 25 19-7991- — — 4-24“ 25 19-7998- — — 4-30“ 25 19-7996- — — 2-18“ & 2-30“ 25 19-7993- — — 2-24“ & 2-36“ 25 19-7994- — —

WPC JR. PRESSURE COMPENSATING DRIPPERS Flow Catalog PC - 1 PC - 2 Color GPH Number Each Bags of 250 Grey 1.0 19-7510- $ — $— Green 2.0 19-7512- — —

Hummert’s Helpful Hints Your One Source For

Horticultural Information

www.hummert.com • (800) 325-3055

800-325-3055

 Good for single plant watering using the dripper stakes  The CNL Check Valve Feature prevents dripping to the lowest plants after the watering system has been turned off  The barbed outlet is for attaching any length of 3mm PE tubing to the dripper  Minimum operating pressure is 10 psi  Use 3mm punch for making hole to insert dripper and attach 3mm tubing to outlet barb WOODPECKER JUNIOR DRIPPERS (WPCJ) Model Flow Color Catalog Number GPH Inlet Number 01WPCJL2B 0.5 Red 19-7850- 01WPCJL3B 0.7 Blue 19-7500- 01WPCJL4B 1.0 Grey 19-7849- 01WPCJL8B 2.0 Green 19-7502- 01WPCJL12B 3.2 Plum/Black 19-7504- 01WPCJL25B 6.6 Orange/Grey 19-7506-

MULTI-OUTLET DRIPPER (MOD) ASSEMBLIES

278

The Woodpecker Pressure Compensating Junior is ideal for retrofitting existing systems, landscapes and small container operations

Not to be used w/ multi-outlet dripper (MOD) system.

on next page

Manifold 2-way 2-way 4-way 4-way 4-way 4-way 4-way

Woodpecker Pressure Compensating Junior (Wpcj) Drippers

ARROW DRIPPER STAKES Qty/ Description 3-3/4” Stake † 6-3/8” Stake Straight Stake

bag 100 100 100

Catalog Number 19-7647- 19-7648- 19-7646-

PC-1 PC-2 Each Bag of 250 $ — $— — — — — — — — — — — PC-1 1-9 $ — — —

PC-2 10 & up $— —­ —

UV WHITE PE TUBING – 3mm (.125 ID) – 5/3 18” † 24” 30” 36” 1,000’

25 19-7787- $ — 25 19-7789- — 25 19-7791- — 25 19-7793- — — 19-7796- —

3MM Plastic Punch For punching holes in polyethylene pipe to install fittings for sprinklers or drippers. (.125”, 3mm)

Netafim Dripper Stake Assemblies

19-7662-1 1 - 9 19-7662-2 10 & up

$— — — — —

$— —

SuperFlex UV White™ PE Tube

 Complete assembly consists of WPCJ .5 gph pressure compensating dripper, SuperFlex UV white PE tube WPCJ  and the 5-1/2” barbed stake Dripper Angled Barbed  Use Netafim 3mm punch Stake for installation, listed above  3 lengths available: Tube Catalog PC - 1 PC - 2 24“, 30“ and 36“ Length Number 1 - 24 25 & up  Minimum operating 24” 19-8500- $ — $— pressure is 10 psi 30” 19-8503- — —  25 per package 36” 19-8506- — —

www.hummert.com

Multi-Outlet Dripper (MOD) Solutions Comparing a NETAFIM system to hand watering is like comparing a hand saw to a power saw. A hand tool is fine if you have the time, but for production scale growing, a NETAFIM system is a giant step forward. It creates a higher crop value by providing uniform watering.

Flat 4-Way

Flat 2-Way

Flat 4-Way Flat Stackable Flat 2-Way

SuperFlex UV White™ PE Tube

Three Manifold Configurations Flat 2-Way

Flat 4-Way

Stackable 4-Way

Short Angle Arrow Dripper WPC Jr. Dripper 2.0 GPH

Goof Plug

Stackable 4-Way Manifold Flat 4-Way Manifold

3mm Punch Cut to Length & Bulk UV White PE Tubing 5mm/3mm

MANIFOLD OPTIONS – Pressure Fit Attachment  3 manifold options available: flat 2-way, flat 4-way, or a 4-way stackable manifold that accepts the 2-way or 4-way manifolds

ARROW DRIPPER STAKES  The Arrow Dripper Stakes are unique in that they are slotted to allow water to drip down the stake to the root mass  There are 2 Angle Arrow Dripper Stakes and 1 Straight Stake  The short is 3-3/4” in length and is ideal for 4” to 5” pots  The standard is 6-3/8” and is used for 6” or larger containers  The straight stake is for general applications

UV WHITE PE TUBING – 3mm (.125 ID) - 5/3  Fully UV resistant and completely opaque to prevent algae growth  Being white in color, it allows for cooler water temperatures to plants when exposed to direct sunlight  In pre-cut lengths of 18”, 24”, 30” or 36” or bulk rolls of 1,000’  Used to attach the arrow stakes to the manifolds

GOOF PLUG  Used when the manifold is removed from the system

PUNCH – 3mm - .125”  Used to make the hole for inserting the manifold

WPC JR. Pressure CoMPENSATING DRIPPERS – Pressure Fit  Drippers provide a constant flow from 10 - 45 psi  They have a built-in check valve to prevent system drainage into the lowest plants and provide uniform coverage to each plant  There are 2 pressure fit drippers; 1.0 GPH and 2.0 GPH

We Appreciate Your Business

Thank You!

800-325-3055

Standard Angle Arrow Dripper

Pressure Compensating Dripper

Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Description Pkg Number 1-9 10 & up MANIFOLDS – FLAT AND STACKABLE Flat 2-way 100 19-7645- $ — $— Flat 4-way 100 19-7641- — — Stackable 4-way 100 19-7643- — — ARROW DRIPPER STAKES 3-3/4” Stake † 100 19-7647- $ — $— 6-3/8” Stake 100 19-7648- — ­— Straight Stake † 100 19-7646- — — UV WHITE PE TUBING – 3mm (.125 ID) – 5/3 25 19-7787- $ — $— 18” 24” 25 19-7789- — — 30” 25 19-7791- — — 36” 25 19-7793- — — 1000’ Bulk — 19-7796- — — PUNCH Each 19-7662- $ — $— 3mm Punch GOOF PLUGS 1-24 25 & up Bag of 10 Each 19-7632- $ — $— WPC JR. PRESSURE COMPENSATING DRIPPERS Each Bag of 250 Grey 1.0 gph 250 19-7510- $ — $— Green 2.0 gph 250 19-7512- — — †

Pre-Made Assemblies see previous page

www.hummert.com

279

dripper solutions

Flat 2-Way Manifold

WPC Jr. Dripper 1.0 GPH

SlimLine EZ Close Pressure Compensating Drippers TM

Super Flex UV White™ PE Tube 15FPEW53-XX

 Even watering within root zone by drip irrigation  Resists clogging; can be shut off if necessary

Plastic Weight 1107008SC-B or 00130-000033

WPCJ Dripper .

 Different length tubes still deliver uniform water  Easy to install on 16 mm or 3/4” Netafim polyethylene pipe  Use 3mm punch shown below  Perfect for hanging baskets and greenhouse bench drip systems

3’ spacing between sprinklers

SPRINKLER SUPPLY PIPE

 Can be mounted as hanging or on the ground/bench  Shut off feature allows the dripper assembly to be closed easily with one hand. It also provides a quick visual reference for determining if the assembly is open or closed

pressure compensating drippers

 Netafim drippers flow slowly and uniformly, so the soil media is easily wetted without any run-off around the edges of the basket

DISTRIBUTION PIPE

MAINLINE PIPE

.5 GPH Complete Assemblies Packed 25 per Bundle

Tube Catalog PC - 1 PC - 2 Length Number 1 - 24 25 & up 18” 19-8509- $ — $— 24 ” 19-8511- — — 36” 19-8513- — — 48” 19-8516- — —

2 GPH Complete Assemblies

PLASTIC PUNCH - 3 mm 19-7662-1 Each $—

Packed 25 per Bundle

Tube Catalog PC - 1 PC - 2 Length Number 1 - 24 25 & up 18” 19-8530- $ — $— 24” 19-8534- — — 36” 19-8538- — —

GOOF PLUGS - 3/4 mm 19-7632-1 10/Bag $—

Customize an assembly to fit your application. It’s as easy as 1 – 2 – 3! 1. Select a woodpecker pressure compensating junior dripper for your desired flow rate 2. Select length of tubing 3. Purchase the plastic weight and assemble in the field

Woodpecker Pressure Compensating Junior Drippers (Wpcj)  Minimum opening pressure is 10 psi

Cut to Length & Bulk UV White PE Tubing - 3mm

Model Flow Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number GPH Color Number Each Bag of 250 01WPCJL2B 0.5 Red/Black 19-7850- $ — $— 01WPCJL3B 0.7 Blue/Black 19-7500- — — 01WPCJL4B 1.0 Gray/Black 19-7849- — — 01WPCJL8B 2.0 Green/Black 19-7502- — — 01WPCJL12B 3.2 Plum/Black 19-7504- — — 01WPCJL25B 6.6 Orange/Grey 19-7506- — —

See page 286 FOR Supply Line Tubing & page 295 FOR Filters

280

800-325-3055

Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Description bdl Number 1-9 10 & up 18” 25 19-7787- $ — $— 24” 25 19-7789- — — 30” 25 19-7791- — — 36” 25 19-7793- — — 1,000’ Bulk 19-7796- — —

Slimline EZ Close Weight White 19-8522-1 25/Bundle

$—

Plastic Weight 1107008SC-B or 00130-000033

www.hummert.com

Dribble Rings Dribble Rings

 Waters nursery stock evenly  Ring secures around trunk, water flows From multiple holes  Variety of sizes and leader tube lengths  The Dribble Rings are fed with a large .060” I.D. tube and will water up to 400 containers from a 3⁄4” supply line  Brass eyelets sold separately

PRESSURE COMPENSATED DRIBBLE RINGS

Order in lots of 100

All dribble rings are

SHIPPED FOB:

Wisconsin

Handpik Installation Tool  Used for the insertion of Dramm Brass Eyelets into poly tubbing for the use of Dramm Dribble Tubes and Rings  Place an eyelet onto the tip of the Handpik tool and push firmly into the black poly tubing  The Handpik tool will pierce the poly tubing and insert the brass eyelet in one leak-free operation 19-1684-1

800-325-3055

$—

 Pressure compensated for superior accuracy  2 gph Flow Rate  Brass eyelets sold separately Order in lots of 100 PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 Model Length Catalog 1- 1,000- 10,000 Number of Tube Number 999 9,999 & up 4” RING DIAMETER – For 6” & 7” Containers PCR4-12 12” 19-1720- $ — $ — $— PCR4-24 24” 19-1721- — — — PCR4-36 36” 19-1722- — — — PCR4-48 48” 19-1723- — — — 6” RING DIAMETER – For 8” & 10” Containers PCR6-12 12” 19-1724- $ — $ — $— PCR6-24 24” 19-1725- — — — PCR6-36 36” 19-1726- — — — PCR6-48 48” 19-1727- — — — 8-1/2” RING DIAMETER – For 13” Containers PCR85-12 12” 19-1728- $ — $ — $— PCR85-24 24” 19-1729- — — — PCR85-36 36” 19-1730- — — — PCR85-48 48” 19-1731- — — — 10” RING DIAMETER – For 16” Containers PCR10-12 12” 19-1732- $ — $ — $— PCR10-24 24” 19-1733- — — — PCR10-36 36” 19-1734- — — — PCR10-48 48” 19-1735- — — — 13” RING DIAMETER – For 20” Containers PCR13-12 12” 19-1736- $ — $ — $— PCR13-24 24” 19-1737- — — — PCR13-36 36” 19-1738- — — — PCR13-48 48” 19-1739- — — —

Brass Eyelets Optional, but highly recommended. Use with the handpik tool as shown on the left.

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 Size Number 1-999 1,000-9,999 10,000 & Up .045” & .060” 19-1690- $ — $ — $— .075” 19-1691- — — — Bulk Poly Tubing .060” ID 5,000’ 19-1681-1

$—

www.hummert.com

281

Dramm dribble rings

PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 Model Length Catalog 1- 1,000- 10,000 Number of Tube Number 999 9,999 & up 4” RING DIAMETER – For 6” & 7” Containers DR4-12 12” 19-1660- $ — $ — $— DR4-24 24” 19-1661- — — — DR4-36 36” 19-1662- — — — DR4-48 48” 19-1663- — — — 6” RING DIAMETER – For 8” & 10” Containers DR6-12 12” 19-1664- $ — $ — $— DR6-24 24” 19-1665- — — — DR6-36 36” 19-1666- — — — DR6-48 48” 19-1667- — — — 8-1/2” RING DIAMETER – For 13” Containers DR85-12 12” 19-1668- $ — $ — $— DR85-24 24” 19-1669- — — — DR85-36 36” 19-1670- — — — DR85-48 48” 19-1671- — — — 10” RING DIAMETER – For 16” Containers DR10-12 12” 19-1672- $ — $ — $— DR10-24 24” 19-1673- — — — DR10-36 36” 19-1674- — — — DR10-48 48” 19-1676- — — —

Dribble Tubes  The SlimWeight is made from zinc-aluminum alloy design  3 inner diameters and 8 tube lengths to choose from  Color-coded tubing for easy identification  For 4” to 10” pots  SlimWeight slips easily from the pot during harvesting and does not get caught in expanded metal benching Type

ID

OD

Color

DTS

0.045” 0.100”

Green

DTM

0.060” 0.100”

Brown

DTL

0.075” 0.125”

Blue

Number of tubes on 3/4” pipe Tube I.D. Qty .045” 800 .060” 400 .075” 200

Handpik Tool and Brass Eyelets SOLD SEPARATELY BELOW

Order Price each — Order in lots of 100 in lots of 100 .045” .060” .075” PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 PC-4 Catalog Catalog Catalog 1- 1,000- 10,000- 25,000 Length Number Number Number 999 9,999 24,999 & Up 18” 19-2731- 19-2741- 19-2751- $ — $ — $ — $— 24” 19-2732- 19-2742- 19-2752- — — — — 30” 19-2733- 19-2743- 19-2753- — — — — 36” 19-2734- 19-2744- 19-2754- — — — — 42” 19-2735- 19-2745- 19-2755- — — — — 48” 19-2736- 19-2746- 19-2756- — — — — 60” 19-2737- 19-2747- 19-2757- — — — —

SHIPPED FOB:

Dramm dribble tubes

Handpik Tool  Used for the insertion of Dramm Brass Eyelets into poly tubbing for the use of Dramm Dribble Tubes and Rings  Place an eyelet onto the tip of the Handpik tool and push firmly into the black poly tubing  The Handpik tool will pierce the poly tubing and insert the brass eyelet in one leak-free operation 19-1684-1 Each

Brass Eyelets

Optional, but highly recommended

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 Size Number 1-999 1,000-9,999 10,000 & Up .045” & .060” 19-1690- $ — $ — $— .075” 19-1691- — — — $—

Hummert’s Helpful Hints Equivalency Chart ⁄8” = .125” 1 ⁄4” = .250” 3 ⁄8” = .375” 1 ⁄2” = .500” 5 ⁄8” = .625” 3 ⁄4” = .750” 1” = 1.000” 11⁄4” = 1.250” 11⁄2” = 1.500” 2” = 2.000” 3” = 3.000” 4” = 4.000” 14 mm = .5510” 15 mm = .5905” 16 mm = .6300” 17 mm = .6659” 19 mm = .7480” 25 mm = .9845” 250 barb = .250” 400 barb = .400” 520 barb = .520” 700 barb = .700” 1

282

= 3.18 = 6.35 = 9.52 = 12.69 = 15.87 = 19.05 = 25.40 = 31.74 = 38.10 = 50.80 = 76.19 = 101.59

mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

Abbreviations MPF Male Press Fit FPF Female Press Fit FPT Female Pipe Thread MPF Male Pipe Thread

800-325-3055

Tri-Flo Spray Stick  One spray stick with 3 flow rates and built-in shut-off node  Insert tubing over the node of your choice at any time to select the optimum flow rate  Accepts any length .125 ID tubing  One piece polypropylene construction  Provides either a 90° or 160° spray pattern to put the water where you want it  Use micro tubing adapters (page 289) to attach with micro tubing to water line

GPH Gallons Per Hour GPMGallons Per Minute

= 6.35 mm = 10.00 mm = 13.20 mm = 17.70 mm

Ohio

4mm/7mm 4mm inside dia. x 7mm outside dia. PE polyethylene

Specifications: Discharge — GPH Flow Node 10 PSI 15 PSI 20 PSI 25 PSI Low (L) 6.4 7.1 7.9 9.0 Medium (M) 8.5 9.5 10.6 12.0 High (H) 13.1 14.3 15.9 18.0 100/bag Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Model Number Number 1-24 25 & up TFS9 – 90° 18-4459- $ — $ — TFS16 – 160° 18-4460- — —

www.hummert.com

Spot-Spitter

®

 The Spot-Spitter is one of the most cost-effective, versatile solution for all mini-spray greenhouse and nursery applications  Ease-of-use, performance, and low-cost have made The Spot-Spitter product line a favorite among greenhouse, nurseries and orchards worldwide  Simplicity in design and easy installation mean lower labor and material costs  Each Spot-Spitter is 4-3/4” in length and is designed to be used with 3mm (.125 I.D. x .187 O.D.) polyethylene tubing  Leader line can be easily turned off by inserting it into the opposite end of the Spot-Spitter

Installing Spot-Spitters 1) Determine the length of tubing to reach from water line to container. Should not exceed 5’. 2) Cut one end at a 45° for inserting into water line and the other end at a 90° for attaching to the Spot-Spitter. See Figure 1. 3) Use the hole punch to create a hole in the water line by pushing and twisting. See Figure 2. 4) Immediately insert the 45° tubing end into the water line while the hole is expanded. Push the tubing into the hole not more than 1/3 the diameter of the line. See Figure 3. 5) Next, twist the Spot-Spitter on to the 90° end of the tubing and insert in the container. See Figure 4.

45° Insertion End 90° Spitter End figure 1

figure 2

figure 3

Spray Tip

Tubing

Barb Ring Stop Step

V-Flow Groove Directional Indicator Nub figure 4

Hole Punch

CONTROL HEAD ASSEMBLY ORDER: For Complete Systems

S Used for making 1/8” holes for barb fittings S When used with poly pipe fittings or mist nozzles can be inserted immediately after the hole is made and the pipe will close tightly around the object

HP125

18-4097-1

Pressure Regulator

w u

FLOW

SOLENOID VALVE

v

FILTER

$—

PRICES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE While the prices listed are always current at the time of publication, they do change over the time frame of our catalog. To alleviate any problems this may cause, please call for current pricing or visit our website

Solenoid Valve Page 313-315

800-325-3055

Filter Page 295

Pressure Regulator Page 296

www.hummert.com

283

Spot-Spitter

4-3/4” SPOT-SPITTER – Packed 100 per package Rate of Flow Rate of Flow Rate of Flow Flow Spray at 15 psi at 20 psi at 25 psi Catalog PC - 1 PC - 2 Color Rate Pattern Usage GPM GPH GPM GPH GPM GPH Number 1 - 9 10 & up Grey Mini 90° 1-3 gal container .04 2.4 .05 3.0 .06 3.6 18-4085- $ — $— 6”-8” flower pot Brown Mini 90° 2-7 gal container .09 6.3 .11 6.6 .13 9.1 18-4086- — — 6”-8” flower pot Orange Mini 160° 1-3 gal container .06 3.6 .07 4.2 .08 4.8 18-4087- — — 6”-8” flower pot Lt. Green Low 160° 2-7 gal container .06 4.8 .11 6.6 .08 6.3 18-4118- — — 6”-10” flower pot Dk. Green Medium 160° 5-15 gal container .16 9.6 .19 11.4 .22 13.2 18-4082- — — 8”-10” flower pot Black High 160° 15-20 gal pot .21 12.6 .25 15.0 .29 17.4 18-4117- — — 24”-36” Nursery Box Blue Medium 360° 36”-48” Box .15 9.0 .18 10.8 .21 12.6 18-4083- — —

PC Spray Stakes  Netafim Pressure Compensating (PC) Spray Stakes were built to fill the needs of growers using automatic watering of large containers  They provide uniform watering from the first to the last pot; vastly improving quality throughout the growing crop  The Stake design prevents water from blowing away in the wind, due to the downward water spray pattern  The built-in check valve prevents the system from draining, to the lowest plants after the system is turned off

 Rod Mount Spray Stakes are available as a special order  Each spray stake has a built in easy shut-off for plugging the supply tubing and are color coded for easy identification  As in all automatic watering installations, 140 mesh disc filters should be used to prevent clogging  Use the Netafim 3mm hole punch below for installation  Dripper assembly includes cut to length PE tubing + emitter. Stakes must be ordered separately

Single Spray Pattern Best choice for placing near the edge of container.

Double Spray Pattern Used when stake is placed closer to tree trunk.

Netfim PC spray stakes

PC SPRAY STAKES ONLY - Assemblies not included PLUM STAKE ONLY 8”

Single

50

GREY STAKE ONLY 8” Double

50

19-7983-

$ —

$—

19-7987-

$ 1—

$ 13.94

BLUE STAKE ONLY 8” Single 50 19-7999- 8” Double 50 19-8000-

$ — —

$— —

3mm NETAFIM HOLE PUNCH 19-7662-1 1 - 9 19-7662-2 10 & up

$ — —

Spray Stakes INSTALLATION  Use Netafim 5/3mm PE micro-tubing to connect the spray stakes to the supply line  Cut micro-tubing based on the distance from supply line to the container  Use the 3mm Netafim punch (listed above) to make a hole in the supply line  Cut the one end of the micro-tubing at a 45˚angle and insert into the supply line  Cut the other end at a 90˚ angle and insert onto the spray stake

SEE PAGE 286

u

v

PC DRIPPER ASSEMBLIES - Stakes not included Tube Flow Qty/ Catalog PC - 1 PC - 2 Length Rate Pkg Number 1 - 9 10 & up PLUM – Container Size: 1 - 5 gallon 36” 3.2 gph 25 19-7981- $ — $— 48” 3.2 gph 25 19-7982- — — GREY – Container Size: 2 - 7 gallon 36” 6.6 gph 25 19-7984- $ — $ 16.85 48” 6.6 gph 25 19-7985- — — BLUE – Container Size: 10 - 30 gallon 36” 10.6 gph 25 19-7978- $ — $— 48” 10.6 gph 25 19-7979- — —

Netafim PE White Supply Tubing

For Complete Assembly, Order:

u – Dripper

Assembly

v – Spray Stake Length of Run Considerations

Shorter Run Longer Run Spray stake/higher flow rate Spray stake/higher flow rate Lower Pressure Higher Pressure Closer spacing of spray stakes Wider spacing of spray stakes Smaller tubing diameter Larger tubing diameter Uphill slope Downhill slope

Specifications

Flow Polyethylene (PE) Pipe Size Tube Rate Water Line Dia. & Max Row Length Color GPH PSI 16mm 1/2” 3/4” 1” 36” Plum 3.2 25 108' 138' 246' 384' Plum 3.2 30 236' 304' 532' 828' 48” 36” Grey 6.6 30 92' 118' 208' 326' 48” Grey 6.6 35 176' 224' 392' 612' Blue 10.6 35 80' 102' 182' 284' 36” 48” Blue 10.6 40 148' 188' 324' 508'

Zone Flow – Gallons per Minute (GPM)

Spray Stake Number of Spray Stakes in a Zone Flow Rate 100 500 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 3.2 gph 5 27 53 80 107 133 160 187 6.6 gph 11 55 110 165 220 275 330 385 10.6 gph 18 88 177 265 353 442 530 618

Bag of 100 Flow Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Description Rate Application Number 1 - 9 10 & Up Yellow 3 gph 1 to 5 19-7852- $ — $— Gallon Green † 5 gph 2 to 7 19-7851- — — Gallon Black 7 gph 5 to 15 19-7856- — — Gallon †

284

800-325-3055

www.hummert.com

Olson Spinner Sprinklers For nursery, greenhouse, orchard, propagation areas, flower and vegetable production, turf and many more applications.  Low operating pressure saves water and energy  Low profile assures minimum water on tree foliage  Sprinkles from .19 to .27 gpm

 Operates at 10 to 20 psi  Varying spray diameters based upon pressure  Sturdy brass and acetal construction  Water-lubricated bearing

4200 Series – For Vertical Installations

 Brass nozzles  Statically balanced to minimize wear from vibration  Small steady water droplets, instead of steady stream

4200G Series – For Inverted Installations

Specifications for the 4200G Series Nozzle Pressure 10 12 15 18 20 Diameter in Feet 16 18 20 22 24 Discharge gpm .19 .21 .23 .25 .27

Model Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Size Number 1-24 25 & Up 4202-5R5R 1/2” MPT 18-4752- $ — $— 4203-5R5R 1/2” FPT 18-4754- — —

Model Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Size Number 1-24 25 & Up 4215-G4S4S 1/2” MPT 18-4756- $ — $— 4216-G4S4S 1/2” FPT 18-4757- — — 4214-G4S4S 3/8” MPT 18-4755- — —

2002 AquaSmart

Applications  Orchards, almonds, walnuts, stone-fruits and citrus  Greenhouse, nurseries and open fields  Organic or conventional fields  Enhances frost protection and cooling  Uniform application of irrigation water whether the slope is flat or undulated terrain

Technical Data

 Flow rate: 7.4 or 9.3 gph (29 psi)  Recommended working pressure: 22 to 60 psi  Required filtration: 120 mesh  Includes 30” tube and stake

Grey Nozzle Fixtures with a 7.4 gph flow rate Wetted Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Swivel Diameter Number 1-24 25 & up Orange 9.8’ 18-4130- $ — $— Black 13’ 18-4132- — — Black with deflector 6.6’ 18-4134- — — Blue 14.7’ 18-4136- — — Green (inverted) 16.4’ 18-4138- — —

800-325-3055

Red XL Nozzle Fixtures with 9.3 gph flow rate Wetted Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Swivel Diameter Number 1-24 25 & up Red 23’ 18-4140- $ — $—

www.hummert.com

285

sprinklers

Specifications for the 4200 Series Nozzle Pressure 10 12 15 18 20 Diameter in Feet 20 22 24 26 28 Discharge gpm .19 .21 .23 .25 .27

Polyethylene Tubing & Fittings 16 mm Fittings

Black Polyethylene Tubing

Be sure to use Oetiker clamps with these fittings See Page 288

 High quality, low density black polyethylene pipe recommended for plumbing systems  16 mm tubing is for drip tube applications  3/4” tube is for most sprinkler applications  1” is for high flow conditions

Coupling Elbow

Model Catalog PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 Number Length Number 1-9 10-24 25 & Up

16 MM Polyethylene tubing (outside diameter) 14052062-01 100’ 19-7785- $ — $ — $ — 14052062 1000’ 19-7795- — — — 3/4” Polyethylene tubing 14082094-01 * 14082094 * 14082094

100’ 500’ 1000’

19-7780- 19-7782- 19-7781-

$ — $ — $ — — — — — — —

Tee

Line End

Male Adapter

Inline Shut Off Valve

1” Polyethylene tubing 14106120-01 * 14106120

100’ 500’

19-7783- 19-7784-

$ — $ — $ — — — —

poly tubing

UV White Polyethylene Tubing S Fully UV resistant and completely opaque to prevent algae growth S This tubing is not coated or layered white, it is solid white for long-term durability S Produces cooler water temperatures and enhances UV WHITE plant growth Model Catalog PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 Number Length Number 1-9 10-24 25 & Up

16 MM UV WHITE POLYETHYLENE TUBING 14W052062

500’

19-7955-

$ —

$ —

$—

Model Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Description Bag Number Each Bag H5201CB 16mm Coupling 50 19-7760- $ — $ — H5201EB 16mm Elbow 100 19-7762- — — H5201T3B 16mm Tee 100 19-7763- — — H620FIG8B Line End 100 19-7765- — — H520IA075 3/4” MPT x 16mm 50 19-7766- — — INLINE SHUT OFF VALVE 58ISV520 16mm x 16mm 25 19-7768- $ — $ — 58ISV820 3/4” x 3/4” 25 19-7759- — —

3/4” UV WHITE POLYETHYLENE TUBING 14W082094 *14W082094

100’ 19-7956- 500’ 19-7957-

$ — —

Your One Source For

$ — $— — —

Horticultural Information

1” UV WHITE POLYETHYLENE TUBING 14W106120 *14W106120

100’ 19-7958- 500’ 19-7959-

$ — —

$ — $— — —

Hummert’s Helpful Hints

s9OUR/NE3OURCEFOR(ORTICULTURAL3UPPLIESs

* Truck ship only

www.hummert.com • (800) 325-3055

Poly Pipe – High Density Flexible

Polyethylene Pipe - For Underground Installation S Made of utility grade polyethylene S Contains high level of carbon black for extra sunlight resistance

286

800-325-3055

S Pipe maintains memory for micro tubing or nozzle installations S Easy to cut and install with S.S. or Nylon clamps Price per Coil Coil Wt lbs/ Max. Allowable Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Size Length Coil Pressure Number 1-9 10 & Up 1/2” 100’ 5.7 125 18-7040- $ — $ — 1/2” 400’ 22.8 125 18-7045- — — 3/4” 100’ 7.4 100 18-7050- — — 3/4” 400’ 29.6 100 18-7055- — — 1” 100’ 10.8 100 18-7065- — — *1” 300’ 32.4 80 18-7070- — — 1-1⁄4” 100’ 18.7 100 18-7080- — — * Truck ship only

www.hummert.com

Poly Pipe Insert Fittings PC-1 PC-2 Insert Tee 1-49 50 & Up 1 ⁄2” 18-9070- $ — $— 3 ⁄4” 18-9080- — — 1” 18-9090- — —

Insert Male Adapter

Insert Reducing Tee ⁄4”x 3⁄4” x 1⁄2” 18-9345- $ — $— 1” x 1” x 1⁄2” 18-9350- — — 1” x 1” x 3⁄4” 18-9360- — — 3

Combination & Reducing Tee Insert x Insert x FPT 1 ⁄2” x 1⁄2” x 1⁄2” 18-9370- $ 3 ⁄4” x 3⁄4” x 1⁄2” 18-9375- 3 ⁄4” x 3⁄4” x 3⁄4” 18-9380- 1” x 1” x 3⁄4” 18-9385-

— $ — — —

— — — —

⁄2” ⁄4” 1” 3

18-8950- $ — $— 18-8960- — — 18-8970- — —

⁄2” ⁄4” 1” 3

18-9190- $ — $— 18-9200- — — 18-9210- — —

poly pipe fittings

18-9331-

Reducer Coupling Poly ⁄4” x 1”

Insert Coupling

Spigot x Female Adapter

Insert Cross

18-9420-

3

MPT x Reducing Insert 3 ⁄4” x 1⁄2” 18-9050- $ — $— 1” x 3⁄4” 18-9055- — —

1

18-9130- $ — $— 18-9140- — — 18-9150- — —

⁄4”

18-9010- $ — $— 18-9020- — — 18-9030- — —

Insert Plug

Insert Elbow

3

3

1

Insert x Insert x MPT 3 ⁄4” 18-9400- $ — $— 1” 18-9405- — —

⁄2” 3 ⁄4” 1”

⁄2” ⁄4” 1” 1

Insert Male Reducing Adapter

Combination Tee

1

Insert PC-1 PC-2 Female Adapter 1-49 50 & Up 1 ⁄2” 18-9250- $ — $— 3 ⁄4” 18-9260- — — 1” 18-9270- — —

$ —

$—

$ —

$—

⁄2” x 1⁄2”

1

18-7112-

$ —

Female 90° Reducing Ell

PVC/Poly Adapter

Poly Insert 1 x PVC Slip 2 1 ⁄2” 18-8284- $ — $— 3 ⁄4” 18-8285- — — 1” 18-8290- — —

Hy-Gear Hose Clamps

All stainless steel construction, band and screws

1” x 3⁄4” F

18-9470-

$ —

$—

$—

Male 90° Ell ⁄2” ⁄4”

1 3

18-9310- $ — $— 18-9320- — —

Quik-Clamps

S Screw: 5/16” hexhead S Band and housing: 9/16” wide S Ensures positive leak-proof seals that can’t break or vibrate lose

S Quick and easy installation S Tightens instantly with hand pliers S Made of molded black glass filled nylon plastic to resist rust, corrosion and many chemicals S Will hold pressures up to 250 psi S Excellent for watering systems using poly pipe S Bag of 25

Clamp Dia – inches 1⁄2” – 1-1⁄4” 3⁄4” – 1-1⁄2”

Pipe Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Diameter Number 1-9 10 & Up 3⁄4” 18-7301- $ — $ —

Fits Hose Catalog PC-1 PC-2 O.D. Inches Number 1 - 99 100 & up 3/8” – 3/4” 19-4400- $ — $— 3/4” – 7/8” 19-4410- — —

800-325-3055

www.hummert.com

287

Power-Loc

TM

Fittings

For 16mm, 3/4”, & 1” Poly Pipe

Tubing Size Chart

• Very easy to install tubing over single barb • Positive stop to assure tubing is fully installed • Low effort, square thread drive ring quickly locks tubing in place — no tools needed • Barb design ensures tubing will not slip out or blow off at high pressures and temperatures • Working pressure: 60 psi

Tubing Size

/ Acceptable I.D. Inches

Acceptable Wall Thickness

Millimeters

Inches

Millimeters

16 mm

0.500 to 0.580

12.7 to 14.7

0.035 to 0.055

0.89 to 1.40

3/4”

0.790 to 0.845

20.1 to 21.5

0.045 to 0.065

1.14 to 1.65

1”

1.035 to 1.075

26.3 to 27.3

0.062 to 0.075

1.57 to 1.91

Male Adapter (PL x 3/4” MPT)

Tees (PL x PL x PL)

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Size Number 1-49 50+up 16mm 18-5165- $ — $— 3/4” 18-5185- — —

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Size Number 1-49 50+up 16mm 18-5161- $ — $— 3/4” 18-9080- — — 1” 18-9090- — —

90° Elbow (PL x PL)

Male Adapter (PL x 1/2” MPT)

16mm 18-5162- $ — $— 3/4” 18-5182- — — 1” 18-5192- — —

PL x 3/4” Female Hose Thread Cap

Coupling (PL x PL)

16mm 18-5167- $ — $— 3/4” 18-5187- — —

16mm

16mm 18-5160- $ — $— 3/4” 18-5180- — — 1” 18-5190- — —

18-5166-

$ —

$—

PL x 1/2” Socket / 3/4” Spigot

Female Swivel w/ Screen (PL x PL x 3/4” )

16mm

16mm 18-5163- $ — $— 3/4” 18-5183- — —

PL x 3/4” Male Hose Thread 3/4”

FH Swivel w/ Screen (PL x 3/4”) 16mm 18-5164- $ — 3/4” 18-5184- —

18-5169-

18-5186-

$ —

$ —

BSA Connector Barb x Slip 1 18-5136- $ — GRO Grommet 400 BSA 100 18-5138- — (use 9/16" drill)

$— —

$—

$— $— —

Installation Instructions | Assembly as easy as 1-2-3

Twist collar clockwise toward center of fitting

Slide main line tubing over exposed barbed fitting

Pincers For Use with Oetiker Clamps High quality steel tool with vinyl grips. Use with 1-ear and 2-ear clamps. 19-4690-1 Each

Oetiker One-Ear Clamps Hose Clamp Open Closed Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Size Size ID ID Number 1-99 100 & Up 1/2” 13/16” .82 .60 19-4498- $ — $ — 3/4” 1-1/16” 1.05 .90 19-4499- — — 1” 1-5/16” 1.31 1.05 20-0600- — — 1-1/4” 1-1/4” 1.67 1.30 19-4497- — — $—

For irrigation installations only. Select the same size as your hose outside diameter. Under certified test a single 7/8” 2-ear clamp held secure at 12,800 psi. These clamps are of high quality metal, zinc plated and are easy to apply or remove with a simple and inexpensive pincer. Clamps are ideally suited for rubber spray hose, water hose, poly pipe, etc. Efficient clamping in seconds.

288

800-325-3055

While holding tubing, twist collar counter-clockwise to secure tubing

Oetiker Two-Ear Clamps Clamp Open Closed Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Size ID ID Number 1-99 100 & Up 5/8” .71 .50 19-4520- $ — $ — 3/4” .79 .52 19-4530- — — 7/8” .91 .55 19-4540- — — 1” 1.07 .76 19-4550- — — 1-1/8” 1.22 .90 19-4560- — — 1-15/16” 1.35 1.00 19-4570- — —

www.hummert.com

Micro Irrigation Parts & Fittings Micro Tubing Fittings

Polyethylene Micro Tubing

 Used to connect micro tubing to poly water lines, nozzles, etc  Made of black plastic, they are available with Barb (B) ends and/or Threaded (T) ends  Goof plugs close holes on tubing

 All micro Polyethylene tubing is extruded from 100% Union Carbide #7510 virgin material  Black in color

Size I.D. x O.D. .125” x .187” .125” x .187” .160” x .220” .170” x .250” .170” x .250”

Feet/ Coil 100 1,000 1,000 100 1,000

Catalog Number 18-3620- 18-3621- 18-3623- 18-3624- 18-3634-

PC-1 1– 9 $ — — — — —

PC-2 10 & up $— — — — —

C 125

TT 250

C 250

BT 250

T 250

EL 250

GP 2

HP125

HP100 Model Description

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number 1–99 100 & up

.125” ID Fittings – Bag of 10 C125

Coupling: Bag of 10 18-4432- $ — $ —

.160” ID Fittings – Bag of 10

Cut to Length & Bulk UV White PE Tubing - 5mm/3mm

Goof Plug

Coupling: T x T 18-4440- $ — $ — Coupling: B x T 18-4442- — — Coupling: B x B 18-4444- — — Tee: B x B x B 18-4446- — — Ell: B x B 18-4448- — —

Dual Goof Plugs – Bag of 20 GP2

Model

Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Bdl Number 1– 24 25 & up UV WHITE PE TUBING - 3mm (.125 ID) - 5/3 † 18” 25 19-7787- $ — $ — 24” 25 19-7789- — — 30” 25 19-7791- — — 36” 25 19-7793- — — 1000’ Bulk Each 19-7796- — — GOOF PLUGS Bag of 10 Each 19-7632- $ — $ — PUNCH 3mm Punch Each 19-7662- $ — $ —

.125”/.160” Goof Plug

18-4425-

$ — $ —

.125” ID Punch - Blue 18-4439- .160” ID Punch - Green 18-4449-

$ — $ — — —

Hole Punch – Price Each HP100 HP125

Barbed Adapters and Base Assemblies  Barbed adapters with press-fit are used to adapt microtubing to Netafim nozzles or anti-drip device  Barbed adapters are adaptable to .170” ID x .25” OD microtubing  Fits 4/7 mm tubing

†

Adapters

B x MPF

SAT

SAH

1/2” FPT x Barb (Fits 1/8” and 1/4” Tubing)

3/4” FHT x 1/4” Barb

1/8” Tubing – .125” I.D. 1/4” Tubing – .160” to .170” I.D. Model Size SAT 1/2” FPT x barb SAH 3/4” FHT x 1/4” barb

Size .170” Barb x male press-fit .170” Barb x female press-fit .160 Barb x Female Press-Fit .170“ Barb x barb connector

B x B connector

Catalog PC-2 Number Bag of 25 18-9750- $— 18-9752- — 19-7888- $— 19-7885- —

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number 1– 24 25 & up 18-3800- $ — $— 18-3803- — —

Micro Tubing Valve

FPT x FPF

 1/4” (Barb x Barb)  Fits .160” to .170” I.D. Tubing Model Size MV25 1/4” barb

B x FPF

Catalog Number 18-4474-

800-325-3055

PC-1 1– 99 $ —

PC-2 100 & up $—

Tapered Thread Adapter

Grommet

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Description Number 1– 99 100 & up 1/2” Adapter FPT x FPF 19-7886- $ — $— (Female Press Fit) Base Assemblies 3/8” Tapered Thread Adapter 19-7882- $ — $— Grommet 19-7626- — —

www.hummert.com

289

micro tubing, valves & adapters

3mm Punch

TT250 BT250 C250 T250 EL250

PVC Pipe Fittings-Schedule 40 PC-1 PC-2 Tee Slip x Slip x SLIP 1-49 50 & Up 1 ⁄2” 18-8120- $ — $— 3 ⁄4” 18-8125- — — 1” 18-8130- — —

PC-1 PC-2 FEMALE ADAPTER 1-49 50 & Up 1 ⁄2” 18-8075- $ — $— 3 ⁄4” 18-8080- — — 1” 18-8085- — —

TEE Slip x Slip x THREAD ⁄2” ⁄4” 1”

REDUCING FEMALE ADAPTER

18-8340- $ — $— 18-8345- — — 18-8350- — —

1 3

Slip x Thread (FPT) 1 ⁄2” x 3⁄8” 18-8260- $ — $— 1 ⁄2” x 3⁄4” 18-8265- — — 3 ⁄4” x 1⁄2” 18-8270- — — 1” x 3⁄4” 18-8280- — — 3 ⁄4” x 1” 18-8275- — — MALE ADAPTER Thread (MPT) x Slip 1 ⁄2” 18-8035- $ — $— 3 ⁄4” 18-8040- — — 1” 18-8045- — —

REDUCING TEE SlipxSlipxThread(FPT) ⁄2” x 1⁄2” x 1⁄8” 19-2075- $ ⁄4” x 3⁄4” x 1⁄2” 18-8510- 1 1” x 1” x ⁄2” 18-8520- 1” x 1” x 3⁄4” 18-8515- 1 3

90° ELL ⁄2” 3 ⁄4” 1” 1

— $ — — —

— — — —

Slip x Slip 18-8160- $ — $— 18-8165- — — 18-8170- — —

REDUCING MALE ADAPTER

Thread (MPT) x Slip 1 ⁄2” x 3⁄4” 18-8580- $ — $— 3 ⁄4” x 1⁄2” 18-8585- — — 3 ⁄4” x 1” 18-8595- — — 1” x3⁄4” 18-8590- — —

COUPLING THREAD x THREAD ⁄2” 3 ⁄4” 1

18-8926- $ — $— 18-8927- — — 18-8928- — —

1

Coupling ⁄2” 3 ⁄4” 1”

PVC pipe fittings

1

Slip x Slip 18-8000- $ — $— 18-8005- — — 18-8010- — —

THREADED PLUG ⁄2” ⁄4” 1”

18-8304- $ — $— 18-8305- — — 18-8306- — — T.T. Bushings MPT x FPT 1 ⁄2” x 3⁄8” 18-7106- $ — $— 3 ⁄4” x 3⁄8” 18-7107- — — 3 ⁄4” x 1⁄2” 18-7108- — — 1” x 1⁄2” 18-7109- — — 1” x 3⁄4” 18-7110- — — 1 3

THREADED CAP – PVC ⁄2” ⁄4”

1 3

CAP — PVC ⁄2” ⁄4” 1” 1 3

18-8875- $ — $— 18-8880- — — Slip 18-8240- $ — $— 18-8245- — — 18-8250- — —

1” Manifolds & Manifold Fittings 3-Port Manifold 2-Port Manifold

Swivel Coupling 1-Port Manifold

Illustration of the various uses of solenoids, adapters, PVC fittings and pipe.  The Hydro-Rain Manifold system is designed for standardization of installing multiple solenoids in greenhouses, nurseries or fields  The system is designed to be used with 1” PVC pipe and 1” solenoid valves  Built to high-industry specifications to be sure there are watertight seals  The “Swivel” portion of the fittings adapt to the manifold and each have an “O” ring to provide a snug fit  All 1” fittings are Iron Pipe Thread (IPT)

290

800-325-3055

Swivel x 1” Mipt

1” Cap Swivel x 1” Fipt

Description 1-Port 1” Manifold 2-Port 1” Manifold 3-Port 1” Manifold Swivel x Swivel Coupling Swivel x 1” Male IPT Swivel x 1” Female IPT 1” Cap for Manifold

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Each Bag of 5 18-7330- $ — $ — 18-7332- — — 18-7334- — — 18-7340- — — 18-7342- — — 18-7344- — — 18-7346- — —

www.hummert.com

Brass Fittings

Male x Male

A

B

C

Female x Male

D

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Size & Description Code Number 1-24 25&Up 1 ⁄2” Male pipe x 1⁄2” male pipe A 19-8030- $ — $— 1 ⁄2” Male pipe x 3⁄4” male hose A 19-8020- — — 3 ⁄4” Male pipe x 3⁄4” male pipe A 19-8015- — — 3 ⁄4” Male hose x 3⁄4” male pipe B 19-8010- — — (1⁄2” female pipe) 3 ⁄4” Male hose x 3⁄4” male hose C 19-8005- — —

Female x Female Adapters

E

F

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Size & Description Code Number 1-24 25&Up 3 ⁄8” Male pipe x 1⁄2” female pipe D 19-8100- $ — $— 1 ⁄2” Male pipe x 3⁄4” female pipe D 19-8090- — — 1 ⁄2” Male pipe x 3⁄4” female hose E 19-8085- — — 3 ⁄4” Male pipe x 1⁄2” female pipe F 19-8095- — — 3 3 ⁄4” Male pipe x ⁄4” female hose F 19-8075- — — (1⁄2” female pipe) 3 ⁄4” Male hose x 3⁄4” female pipe E 19-8080- — —

Bushings

G

H

I

Plugs

J

K

L

⁄2” Female pipe x 1⁄2” female pipe 1 ⁄2” Female pipe x 3⁄4” female pipe 3 ⁄4” Female pipe x 3⁄4” female pipe 1 ⁄2” Female pipe x 3⁄4” female hose 3 ⁄4” Female hose x 3⁄4” female pipe 3 ⁄4” Female hose x 3⁄4” female hose 1

G G G G G G

Swivel Adapters

19-8125- 19-8128- 19-8132- 19-8120- 19-8115- 19-8110-



⁄2” Female pipe x 3⁄4” female hose swivel 3 ⁄4” Female pipe x 3⁄4” female hose swivel 3 ⁄4” Female hose x 3⁄4” female hose swivel 1

$ — — — — — —

H 19-8160-1 H 19-8155-1 H 19-8150-1

$— — — — — — Each $— — —

⁄4” Male pipe ⁄8” Male pipe 1 ⁄2” Male pipe 1 3

K K L

19-8270- 19-8265- 19-8260-

$ — — —

$— — —

J J I I

19-8240- 19-8235- 19-8220- 19-8210-

$ — — — —

$— — — —

Bushings ⁄2” Male pipe x 1⁄4” female pipe ⁄2” Male pipe x 3⁄8” female pipe 3 ⁄4” Male pipe x 1⁄2” female pipe 1” Male pipe x 3⁄4” female pipe 1 1

Miscellaneous PVC Adapters Hose to PVC Pipe Adapters

Male and Female Swivel S 3/4” Female hose thread swivel x 1/2” Female PVC slip or 3/4” Female PVC slip

S 3/4” Male hose thread x 1/2” Female PVC slip or 3/4” Female PVC slip

Hose Thread Adapters A

B

F

A B C D E

Size & Description Code 3 ⁄4” FHT swivel x 1⁄2” slip A 3 ⁄4” FHT swivel x 3⁄4” slip B 3 ⁄4” MHT x 1⁄2” female slip C 3 ⁄4” MHT x 3⁄4” female slip D 3 ⁄4” FHS x 3⁄4” FHS E

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number 1-99 100 & Up 18-7135- $ — $— 18-7136- — — 18-7138- — — 18-7139- — — 18-7126- — —

C

G

D

H

E

I

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Size Code Number 1-99 100&Up 1 ⁄2” Male pipe x 3⁄4” male hose A 18-7120- $ — $— 1 ⁄2” Female pipe x 3⁄4” female hose swivel B 18-7124- — — 1 3 ⁄2” Male slip x ⁄4” female hose swivel C 18-7128- — — 3 ⁄4” Male pipe x 3⁄4” male hose D 18-7121- — — 3 ⁄4” Male pipe x 3⁄4” female hose swivel E 18-7129- — — 3 ⁄4” Female pipe x 3⁄4” female hose swivel F 18-7125- — — 3 ⁄4” Spigot x 3⁄4” female hose swivel G 18-7130- — — 3 ⁄4” Spigot x 3⁄4” male hose H 18-7131- — — 3 ⁄4” Female slip x 3⁄4” female hose swivel I 18-7132- — —

3/4” MHT x 3/4” MHT x 3/4” FHT Swivel/Washer 3/4” Hose Tee

800-325-3055

S Made of PVC S Allows for coupling to hose faucet or other 3/4” male hose fitting



Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number 1-24 25 & Up 19-8340- $ — $—

www.hummert.com

291

brass fittings & pvc adapters

Plugs

Female x Female

Miscellaneous Adapters, Risers, Unions & Braces PVC Nozzle Extensions

Nylon Female Swivel Insert Adapter Hose Size 3/4” 1/2”

Swivel Thread Garden Hose Garden Hose

PVC Schedule 80

Catalog Number 19-2520- 19-2521-

PC-1 1-24 $ — —

PC-2 25 & Up $— —

PVC Unions S They are used to install equipment in lines for future maintenance, repair or possible replacement

S Allows for coupling and uncoupling of two pieces of PVC Pipe while the lengths of pipe may remain stationary

S Threaded One End Only (TOE) S Threaded Both Ends Used for heightening the sprayer nozzle above the water line. This is needed in many situations when crop growth interferes with spray pattern of nozzle



Threaded One End Only

Threaded Both Ends

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Catalog PC-1 Pc-2 Length Number 1-99 100 & Up Number 1-99 100 & Up 1/2” Diameter PVC Extensions 12” 18-7150- $ — $ — 18-7155- $ — $ — 18” 18-7151- — — 18-7156- — — 24” 18-7152- — — 18-7157- — — 36” 18-7153- — — 18-7158- — — 48” 18-7154- — — 18-7159- — —

Thread One End Nipples

adapters, risers, unions & braces

PVC Schedule 80

One end is plain to allow it to be solvent welded in a PVC fitting and the other end is threaded

Slip x Slip

Thread x Thread

Female Slip x Slip Female Thread x Thread Outlet Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Catalog PC-1 Pc-2 Size Number 1-24 25 & Up Number 1-24 25 & Up 1/2” 19-8330- $ — $ — 19-8335- $ — $ — 3/4” 19-8331- — — 19-8336- — — 1” 19-8332- — — 19-8337- — —

Riser Brace

Pipe Size Riser x Line 1⁄2” x 3⁄4”

Catalog Number 18-7402-

3/4” x Closed* 1” x Closed* 3/4” x 2”

1” 18-7452- 18-7458- 18-7143-

3/4” x 2” $ — — —

$— — —

Cap

Tee Coupling

PC-1 Each $ —

PC-2 Case of 50 $—

Misting Kits Perfect for Use with the Trident or Nova Misting Controllers!

800-325-3055

*Closed = all threaded

PVC-Lock® Fittings

See Page 298

292

Nipple-PVC

3/4”

S Designed to allow installation of a risertype misting system on top of a solid or flat surface bench or ground S Made of galvanized spring steel; will maintain risers perpendicular above plants, misting or watering S Several sizes are available to adapt to different size PVC pipe S Install riser through top ring before installing nozzles; then snap the two bottom clips of the riser brace over PVC leader line

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Size Length Number 1-99 100 & Up 1/2” 1-1/2” 18-7140- $ — $ — 3/4” 1-1/2” 18-7141- — — 1” 2” 18-7142- — —

Release Tool Elbow S Fast and Easy; Hydro-Rain cre- S Irrigation systems can be ated a product to revolutionize installed in the rain if needed irrigation and pressure tested immedi® ately S The PVC-Lock fittings require no primer or glue S The release tool is designed to quickly dissemble the PVC Lock Fittings from PVC pipe 3/4” Fittings 1” Fittings Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Style Number Each 10/Bag Number Each 10/Bag Tee 18-7650- $ — $ — 18-7660- $ — $ — Elbow 18-7651- — — 18-7661- — — Coupling 18-7652- — — 18-7662- — — Cap 18-7653- — — 18-7663- — — Each 5/Bag Each 5/Bag Release 18-7656- $ — $ — 18-7666- $ — $ — Tool

www.hummert.com

PVC, Poly Pipe & Hose Cutters

6” Wire Staples  These are the same staples used to secure landscape fabric, ground cover or sod  Can also be used to effectively and economically secure poly piping laid out on the ground  11-gauge wire with pointed ends that will rust

Model SL100-O SS or SL135-O SS

Catalog Qty/ Number Package Price 65-5301-1 12 $— 65-5302-1 75 — 65-5303-1 250 — 65-5304-1 1000 —

6” Plastic Gripper Stake

Model CP10 Leather Pouch

 Used to hold a variety of micro tubing sizes from 1/8” to 1/4” OD  Packed 25 per bag Model S6 19-8182-1 19-8182-2

1– 9 bags 10 & up

SS Replacement Blade

Model T100

$— —

17” Plastic Stake  Used to support 0.160” ID x 0.300” OC rigid risers  Packed 25 per bag

Model SL100-O-SS KwikCut™ Advanced – An improved model with stainless steel blades, plus spring action non-slip textured handles with a safety latch. It can be used to cut PVC, poly, rope or branches. Cuts up to 1-1/4” in diameter. Orange in color.

Model S17 19-8180-1 19-8180-2

Model SL135-O-SS KwikCut™ Advanced – All the same features as the SL100; however, this tool is designed to cut up to 1-5/8” in diameter. Orange in color.

1– 9 bags 10 & up

$— —

Model CP10 – Leather pouch for the KwikCut Tools.

For suspending or securing: S POLY PIPE S DRIP TUBE

S VINES S PLANTS

S DripLok won’t stretch out of shape S It won’t deteriorate or rot in hot or cold weather or harsh chemical environments S Its built-in ”saddle“ prohibits cutting into irrigation tubing S It’s reusable – the opening and closing feature allows for hose replacement S Will hold up to 1” diameter pipe Size 7/8”

Qty/ Bag 250

Catalog Number 18-9650-

PC-1 1-9 Bags $ —

PC-2 10 & Up $—

Controller Enclosure

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Model Description Number 1-11 12 & up T100 KwikCut Original 06-4470- $ — $— SL100-O-SS KwikCut Advanced 06-4475- — — BT100 PTFE Blades for T100 & SL100 06-4471- — — BT100-SS SS Blades for T100 & SL100 06-4476- — — SL135-O SS KwikCut Advanced 06-4472- — — BT135-SS SS Blades for SL135 06-4473- — — CP10 Leather pouch for KwikCuts 06-4478- — —

Teflon Tape 1/2” x 260’ To prevent leaks between fittings. Wrap tape on male end of threaded fitting before threading into female fitting. 18-2851-1

$—

UL approved ABS plastic enclosure for use with existing controllers that require protection. S Designed for use with most brands of irrigation controllers S Locking, weather resistant case S Conduit knock outs for easy installation S Pre drilled mounting plate S GFIC outlet included S Model 57095 Product shown with Orbit Controller but will work with other brands and models. Dimensions: Height 10-1/8” x Width 12-1/4” x Depth 5-1/2” 20-0086-1

800-325-3055

www.hummert.com

$—

293

wire staples, pipe & hose cutters

Model T100 KwikCut™ Original – Economical cutting tool that can be used to cut PVC, poly, rope or branches. Cuts up to 1-1/4” in diameter with PTFE blade. Black in color. (Replacement blades available in PTFE or stainless steel)

1” Air & Vacuum Release Valve  Ensures maximum protection of irrigation system with proper sizing and placement  Hydrodynamic float design ensures valve closure as water fills the system, remains open when air pressure reaches 5 psi (others quickly close when air pressure reaches 3 psi)  Large-capacity valves prevent water hammer (pipes and fittings from cracking or bursting)  Made of corrosion-resistant reinforced, UV-protected composite materials (no metal parts to rust or corrode, no need for spare parts)  5-year warranty  Commonly used downstream of valves, primarily at manifolds to break vacuum caused by system draining  Also used on sloping terrain to prevent collapsing of pipes caused by vacuum when pipe networks drain

valves & vacuum breakers

18-7842-1 18-7842-2

1 – 9 10 & up

$— —

3/4” Hose Bib Brass Vacuum Breaker S 3/4” FHT x 3/4” MHT connection S The Vacuum Breaker is similar to what is called an “Anti-Syphon” device designed to prevent the back flow of contaminants into the water supply system 19-0355-1 1-24 19-0355-2 25 & up

Automatic Flush Valve • An inexpensive valve to be installed at the end of a line to a provide flushing system when turned on and off • Valve closes at 2.5 psi and 1.2 GPM Size 3/4” FHT - Female Hose Thread 3/4” FPT - Female Pipe Thread

Catalog Number 18-5070- 18-5072-

PC-1 1-49 $ — —

PC-2 50 & Up $— —

Drain Stop Plus  Designed to prevent 3-IN-1 FUNCTION draining from overhead nozzles when system is shut down  Helps protect plants beneath nozzles due to draining or over-watering  Allows lines to remain full to help expedite system start-up time and maxiCheck Open Closed mize initial zone coverage  Minimum opening pressure, 13.5 psi; minimum closing pressure, 3.5 psi; maximum operating pressure, 50 psi  Available in 1/2” MPT inlet 18-5495-1 1 - 24 $— x 1/2” FPT outlet 18-5495-2 25 & up —

Brass Drain Valve

$— —

Vacuum Breaker S Atmospheric vacuum breaker for anti-siphon S Simple to install S Made of plastic to be corrosion resistant

S Aids in pre­venting domestic water contamination S Lockscrew built-in for code requirements

Ideal for draining a water system to prevent dripping from water lines. It can be used in a vertical or horizontal position, requiring only 4 PSI for relief pressure. 1/2” male pipe thread.

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Size Model Number Each Case of 25 3/4” FHT x 3/4” MHT J10 18-3790- $ — $—

1/2” Brass Auto Drain Valve

In-Line Hose Filter S The In-Line Hose Filter is an excellent accessory to reduce down time caused by clogged nozzles or water breakers S The hose filter has a 100 mesh nylon filter installed inside the foam rubber handle and can be disassembled for easy cleaning

294

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Model Number 1-11 12 & Up 8819 18-4520- $ — $—

Prevents damage to your irrigation system due to freezing by automatically draining sprinkler lines when the water is turned off. S Corrosion resistant spring and plunger S 1/2” male threaded

19-2305-1 19-2305-2

800-325-3055

1 - 11 12 & up

$— —

20-0051-1 Each 20-0051-2 Case of 25

$— —

www.hummert.com

Filters Spin Clean™ Filters

Disc Filters Disc filters offer the most efficient filtration available. As water travels through the filter, grooves in the disc form a network that traps both organic 3/4” and inorganic contaminates. Designed to filter water throughout the entire depth of every groove, screen filters trap only material on the surface. S 120 mesh is ideal for most sprinkler and drip systems S 140 mesh is recommended for fog and mist systems

1”

Made from tough glass-reinforced polypropylene, with a 150 mesh stainless steel screen. Working pressure up to 70 psi. The unique spin clean action of the filter forces incoming dirty water through a directional nozzle plate onto the inside of the stainless steel screen. This creates a centrifugal action which rotates debris into the holding basin. Debris can be flushed out any time through the bottom of the filter via a built in ball valve. S 3/4”, 1”, 1-1/2” and 2” MPT on inlet and outlet S Flushing outlet for each filter, 3/4” MHT S Two piece housing with O-ring seal

1-1/2”

1-1/2”

Model Size Filter Flow Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Dia Mesh Range Number 1– 9 10 & up 25A45120 3/4” 120 1-17 gpm 19-7820- $ — $ — 25A45140 140 1-17 gpm 19-7822- — — gpm 19-7824- 25A47120 120 5-26 — — 1” 25A47140 140 5-26 gpm 19-7826- — — gpm 19-7828- 25A17120 — — 1-1/2” 120 10-52 25A17140 140 10-52 gpm 19-7830- — —

1”

14” 9” 3/4” Replacement Screen

Nylon Strainers Size 3/4” 1” *1-1/2” *2”

Maximum Maximum Catalog Flow Self-Clean Number 11 GPM 4 GPM 19-2490- 28 GPM 7 GPM 19-2495- 55 GPM 50 GPM 19-2501- 115 GPM 100 GPM 19-2503-

*

PC-1 PC-2 1-11 12 & Up $ — $ — — — — — — —

Replacement Screens Screen Catalog Price Size Mesh Number Each 3/4” 150 Mesh 19-2491-1 $— 3/4” 200 Mesh 19-2492-1 —

T Screen Filter



1

⁄ 2”

Model Number 3350-0043 3350-0035 3350-0059 3350-0073

3

⁄ 4 “ 1” 11⁄4”

Female Pipe Size 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1-1/4”

Wt/ Each 10 oz. 10 oz. 1lb. 1-1/8 lb.

Replacement Screens

Catalog Number 19-2470-1 19-2472-1 19-2474-1 19-2476-1

Price Each $— — — —

Replacement Top Gasket*

Catalog Price Catalog Price Size Number Each Number Each 1/2” 19-2480-1 $ — 19-2485-1 $— 3/4” 19-2480-1 — 19-2485-1 — 1” 19-2482-1 — 19-2486-1 — 1-1/4” 19-2483-1 — 19-2486-1 — *Replacement top gaskets for 1/2” and 3/4” are identical as well as 1” and 1-1/4” are identical

800-325-3055

S 3⁄4” FH swivel inlet x 3⁄4” MH outlet S Threaded flush cap for quick cleaning S 150-mesh stainless steel screen S Made of reinforced polypropylene S Only 3.5 psi pressure loss at Model 4E3/4TISO 10 gpm 18-5050-1 1-24 S Ideally suited for low-flow 18-5050-2 25 & up irrigation systems

$— —

In-Line Hose Filter S For use with any nozzle or water breaker, but highly recommended for the DRAMM 1000 PL and 350AL screen air breakers S A stainless steel 100 mesh screen filters out unwanted dirt and debris S Made in the USA from PVC and stainless steel S 3/4” MH x FH Model HF100 19-1585-1 19-1585-2

1-11 12 & up

$— —

www.hummert.com

295

filters

These Line Strainers are made of tough durable nylon. The female parts have stainless steel ferrule reinforcements. These strainers are supplied with 80 mesh heavy duty stainless steel screens. The strainers are designed to deliver full flow of liquid at low pressure differential while providing effective filtration of foreign matter in supply or discharge lines. Strainer cap and bowl are connected by rugged National Buttress Threads (NBT), practically impossible to cross thread.

Pressure Regulators Pressure Regulators Hose Thread Medium Flow

Pressure Regulators

3/4” Low Flow

3/4” and 3/4”

1-1/2”

pressure regulators

S 20 psi recommended for drippers, spray stakes and inline dripper line S 35 psi recommended for sprinklers and pressure-compensating drippers S 65 psi recommended for misters and foggers

Model Pressure Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Regulators Number 1– 9 10 & up 3/4” Low Flow .25 - 4.4 gpm / 1 spring 20 psi 19-7800- $ — $ — 32PRV75LF20 35 psi 19-7801- — — 32PRV75LF 3/4” Standard 3.5 - 17.6 gpm / 1 spring 32PRV7520 20 psi 19-7802- $ — $ — 35 psi 19-7804- — — 32PRV7535 32PRV7565 65 psi 19-7806- — — 1-1/2” Standard 7 - 35 gpm / 2 spring 32PRV1535 35 psi 19-7810- $ — $ —

Low-Flow Pre-Set Pressure Regulator S The low-flow, pre-set pressure regulator will accept .5 to 5 gpm — yet will maintain the output flow of only 6 psi or 10 psi S Input /Output are 3/4” FPT x 3/4” FPT Pressure Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Regulator Number 1-9 10 & up 6 PSI Regulator 18-5061-1 $ — $ — 10 PSI Regulator 18-5062-1 — —

WILKINS

S Recommended for every low volume or drip irrigation zone S Designed to reduce the pressure to the required working pressure range of the emitter S Models are female hose thread x male hose thread S Constructed from heavy duty high impact plastic with internal stainless steel parts to provide a long lasting quality product

Outlet Pressure 15 PSI 20 PSI 25 PSI 30 PSI 35 PSI

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number 1– 9 10 & up 18-5080- $ — $— 18-5082- — — 18-5084- — — 18-5086- — — 18-5088- — —

Preset Pressure Regulator S For low-to-medium flow of 1/3 - 12 gpm to maintain a nominal constant outlet pressure in irrigation system S Outlet pressures will vary slightly with changes in inlet pressures S Size: 3/4” FPT x 3/4” MPT S Additional flow rates, psi and sizes are available on special order

Model Number PR5510-3 PR5515-3 PR5520-3 PR5525-3 PR5530-3 PR5535-3

Outlet Pressure 10 psi 15 psi 20 psi 25 psi 30 psi 35 psi

Catalog Number 19-5400- 19-5401- 19-5402- 19-5403- 19-5404- 19-5405-

PC-1 1– 9 $ — — — — — —

PC-2 10 & up $— — — — — —

Blackflow Preventers

Protect your most valuable resource…Water

Wilkins is dedicated to assuring one of life’s essentials…safe drinking water. Specialist in the field of backflow prevention, Wilkins designs and manufactures each valve to offer the highest protection against back-siphonage and backpressure.

Every valve is factory-tested under conditions far more severe than will be encountered in the field. This is your assurance that when you buy, specify or install Wilkins backflow preventers, you are selecting the most reliable valves in the industry.

What is backflow? Backflow is the unwanted reverse flow of water, gases or other substances into the distribution system of the potable water supply. A potential for backflow exists any time there is an actual or potential crossconnection between the potable water supply and any source of contamination or pollution. Model Size Catalog Number Price 975XL-RP 3/4” 19-1740-1 $— 975XL-RP 1” 19-1741-1 — 975XL-RP 1-1/2” 19-1743-1 — 975XL-RP 1-1/4” 19-1745-1 — 975XL-RP 2” 19-1747-1 —

296

800-325-3055

www.hummert.com

Manual Watering Valves Compact Utility Ball Valve

Apollo Bronze Ball Valve

S Sizes: 1/2” to 2” diameter S Will take pressures up to 600 psi S Chromium-plated ball S Replacement service kits available S Reinforced teflon seats and stuffing box ring

Size 1/2” 3/4” 1” 1-1/2” 2”

S EPDM O-rings S Positive-action PVC ball S 150 psi maximum internal pressure rating at 73ºF

Catalog Number 18-9503- 18-9501- 18-9502- 18-9505- 18-8253-

PC-1 PC-2 1-24 25 & Up $ — $— — — — — — — — —

Hi-Flow Ball

Model Number Size 70-103-01 1/2” 70-104-01 3/4” 70-105-01 1” 70-106-01 1-1/4” 70-107-01 1-1/2” 70-108-01 2”

Wt/ Lbs 0.7 1.4 1.8 2.7 4.6 5.6

Catalog Number 19-0436- 19-0437- 19-0438- 19-0439- 19-0440- 19-0441-

PC-1 PC-2 1-24 Ea 25 & Up $ — $ — — — — — — — — — — —

Replacement service kits for above valves contain all necessary teflon seats and seals 1/2” 3/4” 1”

19-0461-1 19-0462-1 19-0463-1

$ — 1-1/4” 19-0464-1 $— — 1-1/2” 19-0465-1 — — 2” 19-0466-1 —

Max Pressure Gauge

0-160 psi with Maximum Pressure Indicator

S One valve can be with either 3/4” or 1” PVC pipe S One-quarter turn valve allows for full flow Catalog Number 19-0222-

PC-1 1-99 $ —

S UV resistant PVC body to allow gluing onto 3/4” PVC pipe or into a standard 1” PVC socket PC-2 100 & Up $—

S Supplied with protective filter washer S Plastic Face Description Max psi Gauge

Quick Action Valves – Insert QUARTER TURN VALVE Used in Roberts or Netafim polyethylene hose and pipe 440VLBB – 1  /2” insert barb x 1/2” insert barb Uses .600 I.D. tubing. 1/2” barb x 1/2” barb 18-7160-1

800-325-3055

Regular pressure hand (shown at zero) pushes indicator (shown at 60 lbs) to indicate peak operating or surge pressure point where it remains until you manually reset it. Excellent to determine if P/T valve is leaking from failure or if leaking is caused by surge or excessive pressures (gauge attached to boiler drain overnight). Indicator operates over entire gauge range.

$—

S 3/4” FHT brass swivel connection S 2-1/2” gauge

Catalog Number 19-0655-

PC-1 1-11 $ —

PC-2 12 & Up $—

When you don’t have the best of everything, make the best of everything you have. www.hummert.com

297

miscellaneous watering valves

S Precision molded in PVC white S SLIP x SLIP S Solid body design S Polypropylene handle

Misting & Watering Kit Misting and Watering Irrigation Kit

misting & watering kit

• Phytotronics has eliminated the drudgery of designing and purchasing the many components needed for misting and watering systems • All necessary components needed for a misting/watering system have been assembled into these various length kits • Misting/watering kits are adjustable to cover widths from 4’ to 12’ • Custom systems can be designed and fabricated Misting & Watering Kit • Misting/watering kits have many diverse applications in greenhouses, nurseries, landscaping beds, vegetable gardens and other sites • Kit components are assembled for lengths of 25’, 50’, 75’ and 100’ • The 25, 50 and 75’ kits are equipped with all ½” fittings • The 100’ kit has a ¾” main line • The kits include all the necessary PVC components and include the Teflon tape and PVC glue • A 20’ piece of 2 conductor cable is included to attach the 24 volt solenoid to your controller

Each kit is complete with: S Solenoid, 24 volt S Nozzles S PVC fittings S Cement, wire, pipe S Assembly instructions

Misting & Watering Kit • The kit is provided with all necessary components to enable the grower to easily adjust the system from misting to watering • When in the misting mode the following applications will receive the most benefit: Plugs S Seed Germination S Seedlings S Cuttings • When in watering mode the following application will receive the most benefit: Nursery Stock S Bedding Plants S Foliage Plants Vegetables S Outdoor Crops General Greenhouse and Nursery Crops • Each kit is designed to be automatically controlled by a timing system for on/off control • The Automatic Misting Control found below can be used or the Phytotronics controllers (Trident, Nova, Super-Nova, Gemini) or any 24 volt controller.

Length Application 25’ 50’ 75’ 100’ Misting & Model MW25 MW50 MW75 MW100 Watering Kits Catalog # 18-6360-1 18-6361-1 18-6362-1 18-6363-1 Price $ — $ — $ — $ —

1/2” x 50’ Complete Kit with Automatic Misting Control

Automatic Misting System Includes:

Automatic Misting Control (Only) For Seed, Cuttings, Watering, Humidification or Propagation

CONTROLLERS ARE PRE-WIRED AND MOUNTED ON AN ALUMINUM PANEL

Photo showing doors removed for clarity.

S One 20’ 2-conductor wire S One Automatic Mist Control S One hose adapter S One 1⁄2” solenoid valve S PVC glue S Nylon strainer S Teflon tape S 12 misting nozzles S Directions S 12-18” Risers and adapters S Precut pvc pipe and fittings Shipping weight 9 lbs. UPS ground shipping only.

Automatic Misting Control – The Phytotronics Automatic

With With With With

With With With With

298

6 Minute Timer 12 Minute Timer 30 Minute Timer 60 Minute Timer

18-6173-1 18-6175-1 18-6177-1 18-6179-1

800-325-3055

$— — — —

Misting Controller consists of two timers prewired to a misting or watering system. The 24-hour timer (Tork 8001) is used to select the daily cycles of the secondary timer. The secondary timer can be powered for as little as 15 minutes in each 24-hour period simply by tipping tabs on the 24-hour timer. The secondary timer only functions when power is applied by the 24-hour timer. A 6-, 12-, 30-, or 60-minute Tork timer controls the secondary intervals. 6 Minute Timer 12 Minute Timer 30 Minute Timer 60 Minute Timer

18-6150-1 18-6151-1 18-6152-1 18-6153-1

$— — — —

www.hummert.com

Timing Switches Program Repeating Timer This is one of the handiest and most versatile of repeating timers for short on-off applications on a repeating schedule. Cycle can easily and frequently be changed as often as necessary. 1 to 30 on-off operations may be made in a cycle. 60 tabs to each cycle allow a setting in increments of 1/60th of one dial rotation. This unit is ideal for controlling a misting system in a propagation bed or for germinating seeds. All timers are single pole double throw (SPDT) with 10 amps and 120 volts. Specify model number when ordering. Model Number 8061 8121 8301 8601 Minimum Cycle 12 Sec 24 Sec 60 Sec 2 Min Maximum Cycle 6 Min 12 Min 30 Min 60 Min Minimum On or Off Setting 6 Sec 12 Sec 30 Sec 60 Sec Adjustable Increments 6 Sec 12 Sec 30 Sec 60 Sec Catalog Number 18-6210-1 18-6220-1 18-6230-1 18-6240-1 Price $ — $ — $ — $—

MODEL 8121

Timing Motors Only For Above Model Number 105-6M 107-12M 108-30M 102-60M Catalog Number 18-6215-1 18-6225-1 18-6235-1 18-6245-1 $ — $ — $ — $— Price

24-Hour Program Time Switch

120 Volt, 20 AMPS, 3.4 HP, SPST Model 8001 18-6400-1

MODEL 8001

$—

Timing Motors Only For Above

Model 101M

18-6351-1

$—

220 Volt timer available as special order. Please call for pricing.



8004-SPDT

24 hr. 230V

18-6401-1

$—

24-Hour Timer

This is a standard on-off timer used to turn on or off any system for 1 to 23 hours. Extra trippers are available to provide for 1 to 12 on-off operations in a 24-hour period. Will handle 40 amps. Model Catalog No. Switch Voltage Amps Number 1101 SPST 125 40 18-6260-1 1103 DPST 125 40 18-6265-1 TRIPPERS FOR 1100 SERIES (Pair) 18-6268-1

Price $— — —

24-Hour Portable Timer

24-Hour Time And Timer

S True clock face makes programming a breeze S Each tab represents 15 minutes of on or off time S The solid state/mechanical timer is provided in a NEMA 3R outdoor enclosure S The 24 hour timer provides 96 independently adjustable builtin trippers, very easy to program S Red and green LED lights indicate on-off control S Easy multi-voltage field adjustable DIP switch for 120 or 208/240 VAC S 40 amp, 2 HP rating S Size: 8.8” x 6.7” x 3” 18-6338-1

800-325-3055

MODEL 1101

S A portable or permanently mountable, 24 hour timer S It is supplied with a 3-prong grounded cord set S A single three-prong receptacle is mounted on the bottom of the case S For indoor use only S Optional trippers provide multiple ON-OFF control  25 VAC rated with 15 amp S 1 service and 125 VAC output S A 24 Volt transformer can be mounted on the bottom to power 24V solenoids

$—

18-6322-1 Each 18-6322-2 Case/6

www.hummert.com

$— —

299

timing switches

Ninety-six (96) tabs on 24-hour dial permit 15-minute switch changes. Wide variety of ON-OFF combinations possible. Easily set by tilting 15-minute tabs in or out by hand. When adjacent tabs are set alike, switch remains ON or OFF as set. Up to 48 operations per day. Minimum ON or OFF time 15 minutes; maximum 23 hours, 45 minutes.

Gemini 6B Misting Contollers TM

T

Gemini misting controller

he 6B Phytotronics® Gemini™ Misting Controller has been designed to offer the highest degree of flexibility for growers who require a variety of misting intervals in different propagation zones. Plants in one zone may require a short burst of mist whereas plants in another may respond well to much longer periods of mist application at more widely spaced intervals. The ease of accomplishing independent misting programs is one of the best features of the Gemini 6B. The Sun-Sensor™ “On-At-Dawn” and “Off-At-Dusk” technology, was designed and patented by Phytotronics. It ensures daily operation of the misting system and provides reliable misting at intervals set by the grower. The Gemini controllers have the Time Extender feature that multiplies the times of programmed misting cycles by 1/2-, 1-, 2- or 3-times. The Gemini 6 controllers include a 24-hour mode that overrides the Sun-Sensor™ and permits programming of up to 9 on-off misting events or non-stop operation. A third mode permits the insertion of programmed night time misting intervals with the Sun-Sensor™ governing daytime misting functions. Without question the 6B series of Gemini Misting Controllers are Phytotronics’ best controllers ever – offering simplicity in programming, versatility in operation and reliability above all else.

Gemini’s™ “At-A- Glance” Programming with “Seconds of On Time” & “Minutes Between On Time” Gemini controllers use “At-A-Glance” technology with user friendly programming with no more than one zone in operation at any time (unless manually programmed to do so). Each zone can be programmed independently with “Seconds of on-time” and “Minutes between on-time”. Gemini 6B – The on-time, or misting time, for the Gemini 6B can be set to 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, seconds; the “Minutes between on-time” can be set to “ off, 2, 4, 6, 10, 16, 20, 30, 60 or on. Sun-Sensor

Time setting of the 6 zone controller

Sun-Sensor

™

Technology for Automatic “On-At-Dawn” & “Off-At-Dusk” The Sun-Sensor™ provides the controller with the perpetual changes in day length throughout the year and eliminates the previous need of having to reset a 24 hour timer due to the changes of season or even daylight savings time. The Sun-Sensor™ “On-At-Dawn” and “Off-At-Dusk” technology, was designed and patented by Phytotronics. The automatic, built-in dusk-to-dawn control is provided by a remote photosensor connected to a 25’ cable, which is mounted within the greenhouse to detect sunlight. During manufacturing, sunrise is preset at 6:00 am and sunset at 6:00 pm. After 24 to 48

300

800-325-3055

hours has elapsed the actual time of sunrise and sunset is then stored in the computer’s memory and is automatically adjusted daily from then on. Settings of up to 5 hours before or 5 hours after Sunrise or Sunset can be selected by the grower to provide a shorter or longer misting cycle per day. The “start” and “stop” light will blink when the controller has detected sunrise or sunset, indicating it is beginning the countdown to begin or end the misting cycle. The Sun-Sensor™ detects daylight at a level of approximately 10-20 footcandles. This level can be increased by the grower by reprogramming the controller with 1 of 6 levels.

www.hummert.com

The Nucleus of the Gemini™ “6B” Series of Misting Controllers Master Control Panel

This is the nucleus of the Gemini Misting Controller. The raised membrane switches give a clean, positive response. Their functions are described as follows.

LCD DISPLAY – serves many purposes to provide the grower with information and aid in programming. When the controller is in the ON cycle, pressing the Up or Down membrane switch permits scrolling through each zone to review the next “time-till-mist” cycle. This feature allows the grower to accurately adjust the length of on time or ‘between on’ time. HOUR/MIN Switch – This is used to program the clock or events when in the No Mist Mode. UP & DOWN Switches – These are used to scroll through ‘time-till-mist’ and programming the ON-OFF events and other available functions. EVENT Switch – Pressing the Event switch in the No Mist Mode cycles through stored times of actual Sunrise and Sunset and settings of Events. ENTER Switch – Pressing the Enter switch in the No Mist Mode allows program entry to be accepted. To erase programming, press the Enter switch twice.

ON/OFF Switch – As long as the transformer is plugged in and attached to the controller, the clock will continue to be displayed, even in the off setting. TIME EXTENDER Switch – This switch cycles through the 1/2x, 1x, 2x or 3x selection to multiply all ‘Seconds of On Time’ and ‘Minutes Between On Time’ by the multiplier set. MODE Switch – Four modes can be used. Each mode can be activated by pressing the ‘Mode’ switch to cycle between them, causing their respective lights to be lit when the controller is in that mode.

Gemini “B” Series 4 Modes of Operation Sun-Sensor™ Mode

24-Hour Mode

The Gemini’s Sun-Sensor™ light detector is cabled to the controller’s internal computer and automatically senses the time at which dawn and dusk occurs. As the day length changes, so do the internal settings. These settings, Sunrise and Sunset, can be reviewed on the display window to provide additional information to accurately determine when misting should begin and end. When the controller is set to the Sun-Sensor™ Mode, the misting cycle begins and ends based on the hours selected before or after Dawn and Sunset. Up to 5 hours before or after Dawn or Dusk may be selected. While in the Sun-Sensor™ Mode, start times and stop times are determined by the settings of ‘On-At-Dawn’ and ‘Off-At-Dusk’.

The New ‘B’ Series of Gemini misting controllers can also be set to the 24-hour clock mode. This mode will allow up to 9 events for independent user-defined settings of start and stop times of the misting cycles for any zone or all zones. An event may also be pro­ grammed to turn on a zone to operate continuously for any length of time. When the controller is programmed to turn on at a certain time, it begins misting on Zone 1 and continue through all zones, as set by the rotary switches. The misting cycle will then stop cycling as programmed. Up to 9 on-off events like this can be programmed in any zone or all zones. This mode bypasses the Sun-Sensor™ Mode allowing the controller to start and stop the misting cycle at a set time.

Both the Sun-Sensor and the 24-Hour Mode lights will be lit when this combination mode is selected. This mode provides for a wide variety of program selections. The 24-Hour Mode can override the Sun-Sensor™ Mode to program up to 9 on-off misting events for any or all zones. This feature allows for periodic misting at night, or periods during the day of no mist. An event may also be programmed to turn on a zone to operate continuously for any length of time. Each event can be used to begin the misting cycle or prevent the misting cycle on any zone or all zones. This capability provides a flexibility of choice not available in other controllers.

When the controller is set to the No Mist Mode all misting cycles are suspended and the no mist LED will flash red. When a controller is plugged in for the first time and cycled to this mode, the clock may be set as well as the approximate times of Sunrise and Sunset. Controller operation for 24 hours is required to let the Sun-Sensor™ respond to actual sunrise and sunset. Programming and program review is accomplished in this mode. The Event switch or the Up or Down switch, allows a review or pro­ gramming of the time, sunrise, sunset, footcandle setting and events 1-9. This mode may act as an on-off switch. The misting cycle resumes where it was suspended upon exiting this mode.

Sun-Sensor™ + 24-Hour Mode ™

No Mist Mode

Features of the Gemini 6B Misting Controllers S Sun-Sensor & Cable – The Sun-Sensor™ is the phototransistor S Removable Terminal Strip – The terminal strips on the new that is the key to turning on and off the misting cycle. It comes ‘B’ series may be detached for easy wiring of solenoids with a 25’ cable for remote sensing. S Pump Start Relay – There are 2 wire ports which may be used to S Independent Zone Operation – The Phytotronics Controller activate a 24VAC pump start relay during the total misting cycle. is designed so that no more than one zone turns on at a time. S Solenoid Valve Requirements – The total inrush current of all S 24VAC Power with External Transformer – Each Gemini solenoid valves should not exceed .5 amps which could allow up is supplied with a 120VAC to 24VAC plug-in transformer, with to 3 solenoids valves to operate per zone. a 20’ lead. Solenoids must be rated for 24VAC. S Manual On or Off Control – Allows any zone to be operated S Internal Built-in Lithium Battery Backup – During a power manually on or off at any time. outage or if the transformer is unplugged, all programmed events are maintained in memory by the built-in battery. Catalog Model Size Gemini 6B 9.25” W x 6.25”H x 1.25”D

800-325-3055

Weight Number 6 lbs 18-5610-1

www.hummert.com

Price $—

301

Gemini misting controller

The 4 modes are Sun-Sensor™, 24-hour Sun-Sensor™ plus 24-hour and No Mist. Both the Sun-Sensor™ and the 24-Hour Mode lights will be lit when in that combination mode.

Nova

TM

& Super

TM

Nova

6 & 12 Zone Misting Controller

Nova & Super Nova

Solid State - At-a-Glance™ Technology

Engineered for the Horticultural Industry with Solid State Electronics NOVA & SUPER NOVA features • The NOVA™ 6 zone controller is designed to have only 1 zone misting/watering at a time, not to exceed 20 watts per zone. Needed when water pressure and flow are of a consideration • The SUPER NOVA™ 12 zone controller can have 2 zones misting / watering at a time, not to exceed 20 watts per zone. Used for large propagation areas when water pressure and flow are not a dictating factor

Common Features • Easy to Install and Operate: Complete wiring diagram with instructions for installation and operation are included with each controller

At-a-Glance Programming for the Nova & Super Nova • Seconds of Variable misting/watering time per zone: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20 • Minutes of Variable intervals between misting/watering times per zone: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30 or 60 • Increased Flexibility: The “Time Extender” switch multiples all times by 1x, 2x or 3x • Indicator Lamps: Lights tell at-a-glance what zone is in operation, and the power on light indicates when the controller is activated • Manual Override: Each zone can easily be turned on or off as desired

• Small and Compact: The NOVA measures 9.25” x 6.25” x 1.125” and the SUPER NOVA measures 9.875” x 8.375” x 1.25” • Safe Operation: Each controller is supplied with a 120 volt plug-in transformer with 24vac out voltage for operating 24 volt ac solenoid valves. The 20 ft. cable from the transformer has special plug to easily plug into the controller • Self-Resetting Fuse Protection: A self-resetting fuse eliminates the need to change fuses and protects the units circuitry from electrical surges • Sturdy Plastic Enclosure: UV protected, resists moisture and chemicals and easy to mount with the visible side mounting tabs • Wiring is made easy: Each controller has a bank of wiring ports for ease of wiring to the solenoids Catalog Model Number Price NOVA - 1626ET 18-4994-1 $— SUPER NOVA - 12B 18-5001-1 —

The NOVA & SUPER NOVA have a 2 year warranty

302

800-325-3055

Time Extender 24 Hour Clock Functions

Seconds & Minutes

24 hour clock functions • Each controller has a built-in 24 hour clock with up to 8 programmable events to turn on and off the controller misting or watering functions • Designed to be easy and simple to program or change any or all events • Built-in battery backup maintains programming in memory during power outages. Up to 30 years before replacing • On and Off LED’s show ON/OFF times when programming and when controller is in use

www.hummert.com

Trident

TM

Single Zone Controller The Highly Versatile Little Trident Provides At-a-Glance Solid State Technology For Misting or Watering The 24-hour Clock Feature Provides up to 8 Programmable Events: The 24-hour clock is a built-in timer that turns the misting/watering settings ON and OFF during a 24 hour period.

Trident features • Informative Display; When operating, the “Event” show what ON/ OFF “Event” is functioning and the time remaining when the event will end • Three Position Toggle Switch provides for greater versatility: The first position is used to select seconds of on time and minutes of off time The second position is used to select minutes of on time and minutes of off time The third position is used to select minutes of on time and hours of off time • At-a-Glance selection of On Times and Off Times (or between on times settings): The “ON” Times selection is 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50 or 60; the “OFF” or between On Times selection is 2, 4, 6, 10, 15, 20, 30, 60, 120, 180

• Safe Operation: The TRIDENT is supplied with a 120 volt plug-in transformer with 24vac out voltage for operating 24 volt ac solenoid valves. The 20 ft. cable from the transformer has special plug to easily plug into the controller • Battery Backup; The built-in battery maintains programming during power outages • Sturdy Plastic Enclosure: UV protected, resists moisture and chemicals and easy to mount with the visible side mounting tabs Trident - Model T3A

18-4998-1

$—

• The Electronic Leaf works by using the weight of the water on its artificial leaf (screen) • When the artificial leaf is weighed down by accumulating water, it shuts off the solenoid valve to stop the mist cycle • As the stainless steel leaf dries out and rises, it turns the solenoid on, allowing water to flow through the mist nozzles • This simulates the natural wetting and drying of a leaf surface and can be easily adjusted for greater accuracy • The Electronic Leaf’s screen works on the natural principle of watering when needed and not relying on the grower to work out a “timed” schedule • The unit comes complete with a 24-volt wall mount transformer that plugs into a 110 v outlet, and has 20-feet of irrigation wire for a 24-volt solenoid to be hooked up to the unit • For solenoid valves, which are sold separately, see pages 313-315. • The stainless steel Electronic Leaf is made to last in the harsh, wet environment of the greenhouse

800-325-3055

Catalog Number 18-6010-1

Price $—

www.hummert.com

303

Trident controller & electronic leaf

• Extra bright LED’s; highly visible, shows ON/OFF times when programming and when controller is in use

GalPro Controller GalPro is available in either a battery operated controller for independent, “standalone” Irrigation for greenhouse, nursery or field or the controller is available in AC line voltage.

• Available in 4 or 8 zones • DC Latching output saves battery life • The GalPro Controls 4 or 8 solenoid valves, master water valve, fertilizer injector or pump, 2 filters and an alarm

GalPro Controller

Technical Specifications: • Number of outputs in Gal Pro 4: 9 (4 valves, master, fertilizer pump, 2 filters and alarm) • Number of outputs in Gal Pro 8: 13 (8 valves, master, fertilizer pump, 2 filters and alarm). Number of Inputs: 8 (4 water counters, 1 fertilizer counter, 3 condition inputs) • Input Voltage Gal Pro DC: 6 volts (requires 4-1.5 VDC D type Alkaline batteries, installed in the controller) • The GalPro AC controller has a built-in 24 vac transformer and requires a 120 volt line to be hardwired to the controller. (then the voltage output is for 24vac solenoids) • Type of Solenoids for GalPro DC: DC electric valves, described below, 12 VDC latching, 2 wire. Pulse Duration: 20 mS to 200mS programmable • Dimensions: H - 9” (23 cm) L - 11.8” (30 cm) W - 5.2” (13 cm) • Irrigation Programming According to: Cubic Liters, liters, gallons per minute, seconds, minutes, &/or hours • Fertilization Programming According to: Minutes, liter/M3, and calculated proportional including water before and after

• Timing of Opening and Closing Valves: Full control of operation order of the master valve and the irrigation valves at the beginning and end of irrigation • Manual Control: Full manual control of sequences and valves including control of irrigation outside of the program timetable • External Conditions: 3 input conditions that enable operating, pausing, starting and stopping the irrigation according to condition elements with dry contacts. And one for rain sensor. See page 308 for Rain Sensor • Alarms: The controller displays all types of alarms during the irrigation and fertilization. It is possible to define automatic alarm canceling. In addition the alarm output can be connected to a cellular text message sender • Saving Data: The controller saves all of the definitions and irrigation programs even when the power supply is disconnected. The data that are not saved are: time, date and accumulations • Complete directions are included for installation and programming

• Filter Flushing: Up to 2 filters according to time, water quantity or PD switch • Irrigation Day Definition: According to cycle days or days of the week • Irrigation Cycles per Day: From 1 to 255 per day • Diaries (accumulation of data): Alarm and event records of irrigation activity. Up to 128 events

• The GalPro AC controller provides all the programming options and functions as the DC controller. A 9V battery can be connected in order to preserve all the data during a power failure • NOTE: This is a very sophisticated controller and is designed to provide a multitude of functions, however, not all optional controller functions need to be used or programmed for easy, day to day operations

DC Electric Latching Solenoid Valves

Catalog Model Number Price

GalPro DC - Uses DC Solenoid Valves 4 Zone 8 Zone

20-0274-1 20-0276-1

$— —

GalPro AC - Uses 24 vac Solenoid Valves 4 Zone 8 Zone

20-0278-1 20-0280-1

$— —

• Operates with DC power, up to 12 volts • Each Solenoid is provided with 2 - 30” (80cm) wires • The short electric pulse from the GalPro controller latches to the solenoid to be either on or off; thus, conserving battery consumption • Comes with manual on / off control • Available with manual flow control

See page 314 for pricing

304

800-325-3055

www.hummert.com

8, 12, 16, 20 or 24 Zone Modular Controller • The basic Controller comes with the capabliity to control up to 8 zones • The Controller can be expanded by adding 4 zone modules up to 24 zones • This would require 4 additional modules)which can be added at anytime after initial installation

Modular Controller • Detects short circuits. Circuit breaker identifies and overrides a short in a valve, with a visual warning • Memory backup of program for up to 20 years; batteries are unnecessary • The controller has a built-in 24 vac transformer and requires a 120 volt line to be hard wired to the controller. (then the voltage output is for 24vac solenoids) • Clock backup requires 9V battery - not included Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Model Number Each Case of 3

Modular Controller - Basic Controller is 8 zones 8 Zone Controller

20-0384-

Modules for Controller 4 Zone Module

20-0385-

$ — $— Each Case of 12 $ — $—

8 Zone Indoor Controller • Operates up to 8 zones • Irrigation controller operation is activating 24 VAC electric valves • Three programs, A, B, C - with push button to choose operational program • Each valve can be linked to all three programs • Three modes of activation; weekly, by days of the week, cyclic from 1 to 30 days or even-odd days of the month. • Duration of irrigation is from 1 minute to 4 hours • Irrigation starts; daily, up to 4 times a day, cyclic, single start with delay option • Manual operation of a single program or valve • Master valve opened with any valve • Water budget changes in duration of irrigation in percentages; 10% up to 190% Model

• Sensor attachment option • Rain off, shut down from 1 day to 240 days. • Operational check of each valve • A 24vac plug-in transformer is included. (24vac in, 24vac out • Many years of program memory • Maximum output power, 2.5 W-24 VAC • Complete installation and operational instructions included

24 Volt Plug-In Transformer

120 VAC Input-24 VAC Output

Screw Terminals for ease of Wiring For use with above Controllers

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Each Case of 10

8 Zone Indoor Controller 8 Zone

20-0387-

$ —

800-325-3055

$—

24 Volt Plug-in Transformer 19-0755-1 Each

$—

100’ coil 18-2 Bell Wire 19-0910-1 Each

$—

www.hummert.com

305

Galcon zone controllers

• Operates on 24 VAC electric valves • Input provided for adding a rain sensor • Weekly or cyclic irrigation programming for a group of valves • Independent weekly or cyclic irrigation programming for individual valves • Fertilization programming of individual valves. • Programming can be accomplish for low voltage lighting or fountains • Water budget: Optional percentage modification of irrigation duration • Irrigation duration from 1 minute up to 9 hours • Irrigation cycle from once daily to once every 30 days • Computerized manual operation of individual valves or valve groups

Misting & Watering Controllers

Water Max

misting & watering controllers

Irrigation and Misting

Made in the

USA

S Precision propagation, mist or irrigation S Twelve programmable stations S Each controller is equipped wiith a day/night detection sensor to turn on or off the system with automatic night misting adjustments S Built in internal 24-hour time clock for starting or stopping misting or watering cycle S The WATER MAX has an irrigation same cycle repeat function S Each station has an individual lighted LED indicator to signify the zone is in operation S Large easy to read LCD display showing all functions and programming S Each of the 12 toggle switches can control either manual on, off or in the automatic operation mode S 24 VAC input and output S Physical size, 13“ wide, 10.5“ high and 5.5“ deep S All enclosed in weatherproof, lockable non-metallic case with clear cover to view settings and activity

Programming Mode Switches Zone Toggle Switches and Indicator LEDs showing On/Off/Automatic Operation

Programming Mode Indicator LEDs 29-3118-1

Active Display for Current Operation and Programming

$—

Water Plus

Irrigation and Misting

Made in the

USA

S Twelve programmable stations for misting and watering control S The WATER PLUS VPD provides continuous vapor pressure deficit adjustments automatically for each zone S The large display continuously cycles between air temperature, leaf temperature, humidity, current VPD, target VPD, accumulated VPD and current time S Each controller is equipped with a day/night detection sensor to turn on or off the system S A built in internal 24-hour time clock is used for starting or stopping misting or watering cycle S Each station has an individual lighted LED indicator to signify the zone is in operation S Large easy to read LCD display showing all functions and programming S Each of the 12 toggle switches can control either manual on, off or in the automatic operation mode S 24 VAC input and output S All enclosed in weatherproof, lockable non-metallic case with clear cover to view settings and activity 29-3120-1

$—

Programming Mode Switches Active Display Showing Current Operation and Programming

Zone Toggle Switches and Indicator LEDs showing On/Off/Automatic Operation Programming Mode Indicator LEDs

All Phytotronics controllers include complete and easy-to-understand installation and programming instructions.

306

800-325-3055

www.hummert.com

Misting & Watering Controllers

Water Pro VPD

Made in the

USA

Irrigation and Misting

Water Pro VPD Water Pro VPD Optional Sensor Expansion Module

S Each of the 12 toggle switches can control either manual on, off or in the automatic operation mode S Power requirements: 24 VAC input and output S Physical size, 11.5“ wide, 10.3“ high and 5.5“ deep S Precision Watering Controller with built-in relays, a VPD sensor, photocell light sensor and a 24-VAC/100 VA external transformer S Monitoring “all” of the environmental changes that surround the plant growing area, the WATER PRO will automatically regulate the amount of water delivered to the plants in each zone S All enclosed in weatherproof, lockable non-metallic case with clear cover to view settings and activity

29-3115-1 29-3117-1 29-3125-1

Mini-Mist

Irrigation and Misting S Compact controller with many of design features as the WATER MAX to mist or irrigate one or two zones S It has an internal 24-hour time clock and a night detection sensor to control the starting and stopping of the programmed cycles S Features same cycle repeat function and is fully described in the installation manual 29-3122-1

$— — —

Active Display for Current Operation and Programming

Zone Toggle Switches Programming and Indicator LEDs showing Mode On/Off/Automatic Indicator Operation LEDs

Programming Mode Switches

Made in the

USA S The MINI-MIST has a large, highly visible LCD digital display for programming and monitoring activity S Each zone can be set to water manually, on or off or automatic S 24 VAC input and output

$—

HUMMERT'S HELPFUL HINTS: VPD = Vapor Pressure Deficit VPD is the difference (deficit) between the amount of moisture in the air and how much moisture the air can hold. What does this mean to you? With mist/irrigation controllers like the Water Pro and the Water Plus, the VPD sensor will give the controller the air temperature, humidity and simulated leaf temperature (Water Plus VPD). Using these three factors the controller will adjust the length of irrigation “off” time. If the air is hot and dry, VPD will be higher and your “off” time shorter. Cooler, moister air lowers VPD thus requiring a longer “off” time, which results in less watering or misting. You can even set a different threshold for each zone

We Appreciate Your Business – Thank You! 800-325-3055

www.hummert.com

307

misting & watering controllers

S The system can be expanded with the addition of a WATER PRO EXPANSION unit adding another 12 zones of control S A second VPD Sensor can also be added S The WATER PRO can be connected to a remote PC and used with the optional GROWLINK software for sensor data logging and remote control operation S Each controller is equipped with a day/night detection sensor to turn on or off the system with automatic night misting adjustments S Internal 24-hour time clock for starting or stopping misting or watering cycle S Each station has an individual lighted LED indicator to signify the zone is in operation S Large easy to read LCD display showing all functions and programming

Super Dial Indoor or Outdoor Controller S Reliable, advanced, easy to use and very economical S Easy to program using easy-set logic, with large buttons and large, easy to read LCD display S Three independent programs as to how often; days of week (Mon., Tue., Wed., etc.), watering intervals every "x" number of days, or odd or even days S The SUPER DIAL can be programmed to water/mist multiple times per day from 1 to 99 minutes

S The lockable cabinet can be installed indoors or outdoors S Should it be predicted to or it’s raining, a convenient rain delay button postpones the program for 24, 48 or 72 hours, can be connected to a rain sensor S The SUPER DIAL is equipped with a cord and plug with a built-in transformer to provide 24 volt power to solenoids S Complete and concise installation and operation directions are included

controller & rain sensors

Programming with Easy-Set Logic – Easy to understand and use S The SUPER DIAL controller has the capability of having 3 independent programs; A, B or C. Each are independent of the other S A program is where all of the sprinkler settings are stored S Each independent program (be it A, B or C) consists of a group of individual stations (or zones) are set to a specific start time and run time S Many applications only require only one program (such as A) however, multiple programs allow special zones to be set up for drip irrigation, newly seeded lawns or freshly planted areas

S Using programs to group stations with similar watering needs will maximize irrigation needs and conserve on water as well S An excellent feature which is usually unique only on high-end, costly controllers is “water budgeting”. This is also available on the SUPER DIAL controller. This feature allows adjustment range from 10% to 200% by increments of 10%. The default value is 100%. Another great water saver especially after it just rained or hasn't rained for some time; all settings can remain the same S  All zones can be turned off should it begin to rain by using the optional Rain Sensor

Controller 4 Stations 6 Stations 9 Stations 12 Stations

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Each Case of 3 20-0119- $ — $— 20-0120- — — 20-0121- — — 20-0122- — —

Rain Sensors Designed for extended use to deactivate 24 volt sprinkler controllers or timers in the event of rain – AUTOMATICALLY Features of both Rain Sensors S The price of water is ever increasing so why water when it’s raining – thus the invention of Hydro-Rain’s Rain Sensors S The rain sensors work on a principle of using hydroscopic discs that absorb water to activate rain switch S Adjustable settings of 1/8”, 1/4”, 1/2”, 3/4” or 1” of rain can be set before sensor shuts off the controller S For use on all types of 24 volt controllers S 30’ of connection wire is included S Easy one-step gutter mount bracket or can be mounted direct to flat surfaces

RX-2 WIRELESS RAIN SENSOR S Transmits/Receives wireless signal from up to 200’ away S Installs in minutes S Can be switched to one of the three modes; rain/freeze, rain only or sensor off S LED alerts for low battery, active sensor and sensor override

308

800-325-3055

Hard Wire Rain Sensor

Model Description 04007 Hard Wire 04008 Wireless

Wireless Rain Sensor

Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Case Number Each Case 6 20-0054- 6 20-0056-

$ — —

www.hummert.com

$— —

Remote Control Watering Controller - 6 or 12 Zone

6 Zone Controller 12 Zone Controller

Each Case of 3 Each Case of 3

20-0090-1 20-0090-2 20-0100-1 20-0100-2

$— — — —

S Rain delay feature provides for 24 hour delay or can be adjusted to increase or decrease the initial setting S There are 3 options provided for how often watering is desired: days of the week, intervals every “X” days or interval watering can be programed either every odd or even day S One Lithium CR2032 battery is included and required to retain the time and programs in memory during power loss. Annual replacement is recommended S Three programs are available: A, B and C; each to have their own set of programs for each zone S Manual watering is easy by selecting either A, B or C and will then run the program as previously programmed S Rain sensor bypass terminals are provided; see the optional Wireless Rain and Freeze Sensor S Input: 120vac; output 24vac

Super-6 Controller with Remote S Easy to use timer with LCD display, can be used for irrigation systems that have up to 6 zones or valves S With a convenient remote control, watering a specific zone, or running your entire program becomes a breeze S The remote control allows you to operate individual stations up to 200 ft S This reduces wasted time walking back and forth to the timer during testing, sprinkler adjustments and repairs S It also allows you to spot water specific zones from your office without interrupting your timer’s set program. It has two independent programs that can be set to run you sprinkler system multiple times in a day from 1 to 99 minutes S Two Independent Programs - Days of Week, or Watering Intervals and Odd/Even Days S Up to 8 Start Times per Day - Ideal for drip irrigation, misting and watering S Manual operation can be selected per zone or program S One Touch Rain Delay - Settings for 24, 48 and 72 hours S Requires 2 AA batteries, not included. S Input: 120vac; output 24vac S The timer has the intelligence to “stack” start times that overlap; if you enter two or more start times that overlap (in the same or in different programs), the Timer will not activate two stations at the same

time. Instead, the timer activates the first station and then activates the next station(s) in sequence after the first station finishes its preset watering duration

18-6627-1 18-6627-2

800-325-3055

Each Case of 3

www.hummert.com

$— —

309

Orbit watering controllers

S The Orbit 6 or 12 zone remote control watering controllers come in a weatherproof cabinet with internal transformer for easy indoor or outdoor plug-and-go installation S The remote controls allow for the user to turn on/off zones away from the controller and adjustments can be made based on visual watering or misting cycles S Easy-Set Programming Logic S Remote is ideal for adjusting sprinkler heads, repairs or for extra watering (up to 300 ft) S Indoor/Outdoor Mounting S Large LCD and Dial makes it easy to read and program S Water budgeting provides for an adjustment range from 105% to 200% in increments of 10%

Control Star Professional Controller TM

irrigation controllers

Irrigation Controllers with “At-A-Glance™” Programming S Three independent programs: A, B and C S Station timing in one minute increments for precision time requirements S Simple programming by adjusting the slide switches to the irrigation time needed per zone. Confirmation of program times are visual S Four start times per program S 7-day calendar specifies watering by day of week S Program “no watering” by specific day of week, and by daily time period. (Example: with “no watering” period set from 10:00 AM to 2:00 PM no watering can occur. If stations are scheduled during this time period, they will be delayed and commence watering at 2:01 PM) S Master valve/pump start programmable by individual station

S 0 seconds to 9 hour programmable rain delay between stations S Seven operation modes: auto, manual, extra, test, rain delay, water budgeting, off S Large 12 position programming rotary dial S Rain sensor bypass switch and internal rain sensor terminals S Two common terminals are provided S Temperature range: Min 35ºF (2ºC); Max 110ºF (43ºC) S Input Requirements: 120 VAC +/- 10%, 60 Hz S Output: 26 VAC @ 600 mA S Outdoor box is UL and ETL approved S INDOOR MODELS: 9.25”H x 6.5”W x 1.75”D; closing by latch S OUTDOOR MODELS: 9.25”H x 6.5”W x 2.75”D; closing by lock

Catalog Model Description Number INDOOR MODELS 91024 4 Station/Zone 20-0113- 91026 6 Station/Zone 20-0114- 91022 12 Station/Zone 20-0112- OUTDOOR MODELS 91016 6 Station/Zone 20-0092- 91012 12 Station/Zone 20-0094-

PC-1 Each

PC-2 Case of 3

$ — — —

$— — —

$ — —

$— —

See page 308 for rain sensors Indoor Model

Outdoor Model

Automatic Watering System Kit S LCD display makes it easy to program and operate manually or automatically

S Display indicates when next watering cycle will start

S Up to 3 start times per day per zone can be programmed

S Each automatic zone can be turned on manually

S Waters from 1 - 240 minutes per start time

S Minimum operating pressure required is 25 psi

S Rain delay function allows for 24, 48 or 72 hour delay

S Maximum operating pressure is 100 psi

S Automatic watering can be suspended by dialing to “Off”

S Designed for outdoor use with cold water; must be kept from freezing

S Two valves are included and 2 additional valves may be purchase to provide for 4 automatic watering stations

S All fittings are for garden hose thread

S The two end ports can be used with or without automatic valves and are controlled (on/off) by the knobs on each end S Built in clock allows programing when wanted S Low battery indicator

310

800-325-3055

S Requires 2-AA batteries, not included S Two hose thread caps are included Automatic Watering Kit 18-6613-1 Each $— 18-6613-2 Case of 3 — Optional Automatic Valves for above 18-6612-1 Each $— 18-6612-2 Case of 3 —

Components of Kit

www.hummert.com

Professional Irrigation Controllers EZ Pro Jr Controllers S Exclusive select and adjust programming S Lithium battery back-up stores programs without AC power or AA batteries S Stacking start times allowing start times to overlap if sufficient pressure and flow is available S 3 independent programs with 3 start times per program S True calendar clock, and leap year compatible S Multiple scheduling options provided: odd/even; interval 1 to 30 days; 7 day calendar; event day S Zone run times from 1 minute to 5 hours and 59 minutes S Programmable delay between zones, 1

second to 30 minutes S Quick push button rain sensor bypass suspends irrigation S Cycle test or manual test with manual/advance™ feature S Two AA alkaline batteries (not included) keep correct time and date for 5 years S Input and output surge protection S Power requirements are 120VAC, 60Hz input and 24VAC, .83 Amp output S 1.0 amp self resetting polyswitch provides protection for a short-circuit zone S Water budget option reduces or increases watering from 0% to 200% Model for each month of the year Model S Weather resistant plastic cabinet Model measures 8” H x 10” W x 4” D Model

EZ Pro Controllers

20-0379-1 20-0380-1 20-0381-1 20-0382-1

$— — — —

irrigation controllers

Model Number of Catalog Price Number Zones Number Each 8608 8 20-0374-1 $— 8612 12 20-0375-1 — 8616 16 20-0376-1 —

4-in-1 Drip Irrigation Valve

Rotary Mechanical Hose Faucet Timer

S The 4-in-1 Drip Irrigation Valve is a “one piece” low-flow irrigation zone solenoid valve, with filter, pressure regulator and 1/2” Drip tube adapter S Heavy-duty construction will provide for years of reliable service S Filtration is a removable 200 mesh filter with flush port S Manual bleed lever use for flushing, irrigation or testing

800-325-3055

4 Zone 6 Zone 9 Zone 12 Zone

The controllers have common features such as: non-volatile memory, stacking start times, and three independent programs with four start times each.

S All of the features of the EZ Pro Jr controller with many advanced features such as global water budgeting, water budgeting by month and a built in sensor input S Non-volatile memory stores programs without AC power or batteries S Programmable rain delay to 99 days S 3 independent programs with 4 start times per program S Three test cycles (manual test with manual advance feature, cycle test, 3-minute test) S Programmable run times from 1 minute to 9 hours and 59 minutes S Poly-fuse self resetting circuit protection S Remote and Central control ready. Just install the appropriate module and adjust or change a program or activate a zone wirelessly using the EZ Command® Remote programmer S Weather resistant plastic cabinet measures 9”H x 12”W x 5”D S Input: 120V AC, 60 Hz Output: 24V AC, 1.25 Amp

20-0183-1 Each 20-0183-2 Case of 3

8304 8306 8309 8312

S Twist the dial to the desired watering duration from 15 to 120 minutes and the timer will turn itself off S The mechanical operation requires no batteries S It has a large dial with both timed watering and manual watering options S Durable high-impact construction S Manual water override $— —

20-0145-1 Each 20-0145-2 Case of 4

www.hummert.com

$— —

311

Hose Faucet Timers 2 Dial Digital Timer

Single or Dual Dial Outlet Hose

S Easy to install to any hose faucet S Battery operated automatic water controller and valve combination S Standard 3/4” hose thread connections Model 62040 S At-A-Glance programming as follows; – Duration times of 2, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60, 90, 120 ON/OFF – Start Intervals: 2, 4, 8, 12 hours, daily, every 2, 3, 4, or 7th day S Battery requirements: 3 AA, not included S Operating range, 5-80 PSI; Flow Range, 2.7 GPM to 18 GPM

hose faucet timers

Single Dial Timer

Model 62061N

The Single Dial Timer has the same features as the Digital Timer but with different programming as follows. S At-A-Glance programming as follows: – Start Intervals: Daily, with duration of 2, 5, 10, 15, 30, 60 minutes of on time Model 62024 – Every Other Day, 5, 10, 15, 30 and 60 minutes on time – Every 3rd Day, 10, 15, 30, 60 and 90 minutes on time S Battery requirements: 3 AA, not included 62040 2 Dial Digital Faucet Timer 62024 Single Dial Digital Faucet Timer

Each 20-0087-1 Case of 6 20-0087-2 Each 20-0088-1 Case of 6 20-0088-2

Model 62062N

S One dial allows complete timer control functionality S Cycles easily from set clock, set watering time, how offten, how long, then run program

S A rain delay is built into the run program function S A manual button allows program interruption S Requires 2-AA batteries, not included

Single Outlet 20-0140-1 Each 20-0140-2 Case of 4

Dual Outlet 20-0141-1 Each 20-0141-2 Case of 4

$— —

$— —

Sprinkler Timer with Inline Valve

$— — — —

Hose Faucet Timer S The HRC 980 is designed to automate any standard exterior hose faucet for the purpose of managing water output S Easy to understand user interface and programming

Benefits and Features

S AA Battery Powered—The HRC 980 is fully contained, no exterior wiring to a power source is needed S Intuitive Rotary Dial—Provides quick and easy access to programming S Large LCD Display—Easy to read and program S 1 to 240 Minute Programmable Manual Override S Daily, or 6 to 12 Hourly Cycle Options S Brass Hose Faucet Connector and Filter S Programmable 24, 48 or 72 Hour Rain Delay 18-6620-1 Each $ 18-6620-2 Case of 6

312

— —

800-325-3055

Rotary Dial makes it easy to program

S No external power source needed S Fully automated control and is ideal for remote locations and drip systems S Full waterproof construction S Operates on DC voltage S 1” female pipe thread x 1” female pipe thread, inlet and outlet

S Station programming will control on-off times, A and B programs, manual control, run times up to 240 minutes, percentage of water budget control, and rain delay and had rain sensor capabilities as well S Easy to program instructions are included 20-1500-1 Each 20-1500-2 Case of 3

www.hummert.com

$— —

SoloRain Programmable Wireless Solenoid Valve - 8010 Series Ideal for watering areas such as fields nurseries or ornamental stock, athletic fields, orchards, parks, highway medians, where it is not practical or economical to install a central controller. Model 8010 can also replace existing solenoids on other valves to convert them to be programmable. S Automatic watering up to two time per day S Each watering time can be from one minute to six hours S Totally waterproof actuator and battery compartment – submersible in up to Model Number 8010 8012

Catalog Number 20-0480- 20-0481-

six feet of water S 9-volt alkaline battery lasts up to one year (battery not included) S Three scheduling dials for fast, easy programming Model 8010 – A  ctuator with programming features only, will fit most Nelson and many other. Solenoid valve not included Model 8012 – C  omplete programmable solenoid valve – size is 1” threaded female PC-1 Each $ — —

20-0488- 20-0487-

8010 Actuator Only

PC-2 Case of 6 $— —

S Model 8015 comes with a 1” Nelson valve S 6 watering programs per day, mist cycle on program 6 S Watering times of 1 minute to 12 hours S Rain delay from 1 to 99 days S Day of the week, odd/even, and interval scheduling $ — —

8015 Actuator with valve

$ — —

8014 Actuator Only

Digital Irrigation Controller - with 1 or 3 Solenoids Three Zones with Controller

Single Zone Controller

S Easy to install and simple to operate S Controls the built-in latching type solenoid valves, 3/4”, 1”, 1 1/2” or 2” S User friendly programming S Weekly or cyclic programs S Up to 4 start times per day in weekly program S Irrigation duration from 1 minute to 12 hours S Irrigation frequency: every 3 hours or up to once in 30 days, in a cyclic program S Simple operation with 6 programming buttons S Manual operation S Requires one 9V alkaline battery, not included S Pressure range: 8 - 145 psi S Thread is NPT (National Pipe Thread) S Complete installation and programming instructions are included

Size

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Each Case of 10

Controller with Single Solenoid 3/4” 1” 1-1/2” 2”

20-0258- $ — $ 20-0260- — 20-0262- — 20-0264- —

Controller with Three Solenoids 3/4” 1”

20-0266- $ — — 20-0268- — —

800-325-3055

— — — —

• All programming functions are the same as above, however, the controller is supplied with 2 additional solenoids • All cabling from the solenoids are pre-wired to the controller for ease of installation • Complete installation and programming instructions are included

Alternator Valve 1 inlet with 2 outlets

S One of the most unique, nonelectric valves available S The Alternator Valve can be attached to any male hose thread, be it a faucet, timer or hose S There is 1 inlet port and 2 outlet ports (A & B) S Each time there is a shut off of the incoming flow of water, the valve automatically switches to the other port S As long as a timer is capable of multiple timing, the Alternator Valve can make a single zone timer a 2 zone timer S Manual switching is easy by simply turning the red knob 20-0270-1 Each S 3/4” female hose inlet x 3/4” male hose outlets 20-0270-2 Cs of 25

www.hummert.com

$— —

313

solenoid valves

The SoloRain DuraLife Valve Actuator uses a factory installed lithium battery for up to 10 years of dependable service. The actuator uses Nelson’s exclusive select and adjust programming to make the unit very easy to program or adjust. An LCD display allows for easy reading of the clock and programming. Water resistant. S Model 8014 is the actuator only – fits on any size Nelson valve 8014 8015

8012 Actuator with Valve

Electric Solenoid Valves Orbit 200 Series 24 V Electric Solenoid Valve DC Electric Latching Solenoid Valves

S Easy, spray-free, at-the-valve manual operation High flow rates S S Balanced flow design keeps equal pressure on both sides of diaphragm while the valve is off S Made of UV resistant PVC with a glass-filled polypropylene lid for extra strength S Pressure: 15 -150 psi S Flow rate: 5 -22 gpm Model Qty/ Catalog Number Size Case Number 57203 3/4“ FPT 12 20-0192- 57210 w/flow control 3/4” FPT 12 20-0186- 57211 w/flow control 1” FPT 12 20-0189-

PC-1 Each $ — — —

PC-2 Case $— — —

electric solenoid valves

1” FNPT Inline or Angle Valve S Self-cleaning wire rod design S Manual external bleed S Adjustable flow control, slow closure speed reduces water hammer and system wear, heavy-duty diaphragm S Stainless steel spring S Made of non-corrosive UV-resistant PVC Pressure: 15-125 psi Flow rate: 5 -40 gpm Model Number Size 57020 1” FNPT

Qty/ Catalog PC-1 Case Number Each 6 20-0185- $ — $ —

PC-2 Case

S Operates with DC power, up to 12 volt S Each Solenoid is provided with 2 30” (80cm) wires S The short electric pulse from the GalPro controller latches the solenoid to be either on or off; thus, conserving battery consumption S Comes with manual on / off control S Available with manual flow control S Female Pipe Thread (FPT) x Female Pipe Thread (FPT) S 2” Solenoid valves available in case lots with special order Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Size Case Number Each Case DC Electric Latching Solenoid Valves - Without Flow Control 3/4” 24 19-0268-1 $ — $— 1” 24 19-0270-1 — — 1½” 10 19-0272-1 — — DC Electric Latching Solenoid Valves - With Flow Control 3/4” 24 19-0274-1 $ — $— 1” 24 19-0276-1 — — 1½” 10 19-0278-1 — —

Asco Solenoid Valves

Orbit 1” Jar Top 24 V Electric Solenoid Valve S Manual external bleed S Body made of PVC and nylon reinforced polypropylene S Threaded lid allows fast servicing S Pressure: 15 -150 psi S Flow rate: 5 -40 gpm 57471

1” FPT

12 20-0188-

$ —

$—

1” Male NPT Jar Top Valve

1/2” and 3/4” ASCO Solenoid Valves S Designed for continuous use in misting and propagation beds or watering S Made of brass and stainless steel S Minimum psi 5 to maximum psi 125

S Made from durable glass filled polypropylene and PVC S Threaded lid provides for fast and efficient servicing S Floating bleed tube allows for expansion due to heat without effecting performance S Manual external bleed S Double bleeded diaphragm provides a quality leak proof seal Pressure: 15-150 psi Flow Rate: 5-40 gpm 57477

314

1” Male NPT

12 20-0187-

800-325-3055

$ —

$—

Size Voltage 1/2” 24 1/2”* 120 3/4” 24 3/4”* 120 1” * 24 *

1-1/2” Asco Solenoid Valves also available

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number 1-24 25 & Up 18-4780- $ — $— 18-4781- — — 18-4785- — — 18-4786- — — 18-4788- — —

www.hummert.com

EZ Connect Solenoid Valves

1” Jar Top Solenoid S Low-flow capable— Operates efficiently from .25 to 30 gpm S High performance solenoid—Features 18” Hydro- Rain lead wires S Manual internal Jar Top design and external bleed, makes it easy to enables water-efficient clean the internal manual operation diaphragm S Ultra low flow allows operation at lowest possible flows to boost water savings S Operating pressures: minimum 10 psi; maximum 150 psi S 24 VAC 50/60 (cycles/second) 18-7600-1 Each $ 18-7600-2 Case of 18

The EZ CONNECT SOLENOID VALVES are designed to provide a convenient method for installing, repairing or replacing solenoid valves without destroying the solenoid valve or irrigation line.

Model 9501 1” MPT

— —

HRV Series Solenoid Valves

Specifications: 9501 9501FC Flow Range: 1-30 gpm 1-30 gpm Min Pressure 10 psi 10 psi Max Pressure 150 psi 150 psi Input Voltage: 24 VAC 24 VAC Inrush Current: 0.50 amp 0.50 amp Holding Current: 0.23 amp 0.23 amp Model 9501FC 20 1” MPT / Flow Control QUANTITY/CASE 20

This example shows PVC pipe cemented into the slip fitting.

— — — —

HRB Series Solenoid Valves S The industry’s fastest, best built valves S The HRB Series valves work flawlessly year after year even under pressures up to 200 psi S They’re built with durable glassfilled nylon and a fabric-reinforced diaphragm to ensure toughness, reliability and long-lasting performance S The diaphragm spring and bonnet studs and screws are made from corrosion- resistant stainless steel, and the flow-control stem is made of • Operating pressures; solid, heavy-duty brass minimum 20 psi S The self-flushing grit screen filters maximum 200 psi out sand and debris, 1” HRB Solenoid Valve and the slow-closing $ — diaphragm reduces risk of 18-7615-1 Each 18-7615-2 Case of 18 — water hammer S Operating pressure: 1½” HRB Solenoid Valve 20-200 psi 18-7617-1 Each $ — S Water Temperature: Up to 18-7617-2 Case of 8 — 150° F. 2” HRB Solenoid Valve S 24 VAC 50/60 18-7619-1 Each $ — (cycles/second) 18-7619-2 Case of 8 —

800-325-3055

Solenoids can be easily changed to accommodate other irrigation systems by simply changing the fittings.

How to Connect Solenoid Valves with EZ CONNECT Fittings

EZ CONNECT fittings allow solenoids to be adapted to poly or PVC pipe with male or female National Pipe Thread or Hose Thread.

EZ Connect Globe Valves

Without Fittings - 20 per case Model Number Description 9501 1” MPT 9501FC 1” MPT / Flow Control 9502 2” MPT / Flow Control

Barb Union

Female Union

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Each Case 20-0500- $ — $— 20-0505- — — 20-0502- — —

Male Union

Slip Union

Model Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Description Case Number Each Case 9501 SERIES – EZ CONNECT FITTINGS 075BR 3/4” barb x union 40 20-0510- $ — $ — 075NF 3/4” FPT x union 40 20-0511- — — 075NM 3/4” MPT x union 40 20-0512- — — 075S 3/4” Slip x union 40 20-0513- — — 100BR 1” barb x union 40 20-0520- — — 100NF 1” FPT x union 40 20-0521- — — 100NM 1” MPT x union 40 20-0522- — — 100S 1” Slip x union 40 20-0523- — —

www.hummert.com

315

solenoid valves

S Hydro-Rain HRV Series Valves are built for long life under multi daily water cycle operations S Its robust PVC body and heat (due to the sun) resistant glass-filled polypropylene cap are durable and resistant to wear S Perfect for greenhouse, nursery and field automatic watering S Self cleaning diaphragm filter- helps • Operating pressures: prevent pilot hole clogging minimum 10 psi; S Internal bleed, Manual On-Off-Option- provides for easy at the valve maximum 150 psi control 3/4” HRV Solenoid Valve S Flow control standard18-7610-1 Each $ Helps prevent watering 18-7610-2 Case of 18 nozzles from “misting” S 24 VAC 50/60 1” HRV Solenoid Valve (cycles/second) 18-7612-1 Each $ 18-7612-2 Case of 12

SPECIFICATIONS S Manual internal bleed keeps valve box dry and surrounding area S One-piece fabric reinforced diaphragm for increased durability S One-piece fully encapsulated glass filled nylon solenoid with a stainless steel plunger S Plunger is captured with removable retainer for easy cleaning S High-grade PVC unions located on the inlet and outlet allow maximum versatility of pipe size and provides multiple choices for installation and re-configuring systems without destroying the valve or water line S Flow control is provided on models 9501FC and 9502 and allows manual adjustment of water flow when needed

24 Volt Transformers

Irrigation and Sprinkler Systems Cable

120 Volt Input ----------24 Volt Output

Many times throughout the years our irrigation department has received numerous calls from growers who have had problems with their controllers not turning on their solenoid valves. Invariably the problems stem back to cheap, light weight 20 or 22 gauge wire that has broken. The Phytotronics wire is made for quality and to provide years of service.

irrigation cable & cutters

SPECIFICATIONS S 18 gauge, 2 conductor solid copper wire insulated with white and red polypropylene S The outside jacket color is a semi-rigid heavy gauge PVC and is light blue in color S A rip cord is provided within the jacket for easier jacket stripping S Phytotronics wire is rated for use up to 30 volt, UL approved for direct burial

Ideal for use with wiring into time clocks or plug­ ging into wall. Can be used with misting and water systems or alarm systems. Screw terminals allow for ease of attaching common bell wire and safe operation of 24 Volt powered devices.

PLUG-IN

WIRE-IN

Model Feet/ Catalog Number Roll Number PW18-2 100 19-0910-

PC-1 PC-2 1-9 10 & Up $ — $ —

Model Feet/ Catalog Number Roll Number 18-2 500 19-0903- 18-4 500 19-0902- 18-7 500 19-0904-

PC-1 PC-2 Foot Roll $ — $ — — — — —

19-0750-1 19-0755-1

$— —

Super-Duty Wire Stripper Double dipped handles/air cushion pockets. Cuts 6-32 screws. Strips 10-18 solid and 12-20 stranded wire. 18-7280-1

$—

Turf Knife Cutlery grade steel blade. Fixed hook serrated blade knife. 18-7284-1

Irrigation Cable / Wire

Wire-in Type Plug-in Type

$—

Utility Knife / Blades Blades stored in handle. Top buttons opens/ closes blade. 18-7286-1

$—

5-Blade Pack 18-7287-1

$—

Valve and Controller Boxes

Underground Irrigation Cable / Wire 18-Gauge S Solid copper wire S Multiple wires, color coded semi-rigid PVC jacket S Excellent for wiring multi- station controllers to 24 volt solenoid valves, using one lead is common

S Heavy duty for direct burial or above ground wiring S Heavy polyethylene insulation S With rip cord for easier jacket removal

Feet/ Catalog PC-1 Model Number Roll Number Per Foot Underground Irrigation Cable/Wire – 18 Gauge PU14532 – 4 COND 500’ 19-0902- $ — PU14539 – 7 COND 500’ 19-0904- — 18/10-250 – 10 COND 250’ 19-0917- — PU14540 – 13 COND 500’ 19-0906- — Orders of 4 Coils AND Up, Less 10%

316

800-325-3055

PC-2 Roll $— — — —

S Used to enclose and protect solenoid valves or controllers above or below ground level S Each box comes complete with lid to provide easy access for replacement or repair S Made of durable polyethylene, black in color with green lids

Model Size Wt/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Top x Height Each Number 1-11 12 & Up Econo Box – 6” Round with snap on/off top 182103 6”dia x 9” 2 19-0920- $ — $— Large 10” Circular Box with twist on/off top 181104 10”dia x 10” 5 19-0922- $ — $— * Large Rectangular Valve / Controller Box with security top 170106 10”x16”x12” 12 19-0924- $ — $— *Requires a 3/8” x 16” x 2-1/2” Hex Bolt (not included)

www.hummert.com

Water Wands Handi-Reach Water Wands Aluminum Extension Handle 24”

Color Storm Wands S Each of the following 2 wands are available in assorted six colors: red, orange, yellow, green, blue and berry S Please note: Colors will be randomly filled, unless purchased by the case which will be assorted colors

Touch ‘N Flow Pro Wand

S Redesigned for ultimate full flow (11 GPM @ 60 psi) S Professional durability for long life

36”

S One-touch lever activated valve S Ergonomic insulated grip

Gooseneck 36” HB Wand & Nozzle

Made of extruded aluminum with corrosion-free brass couplings. Fits standard 3⁄4” hose connections with comfortable plastic grip. The HANDI-REACH HOSE EXTENSION HANDLE is designed to add extra utility to all water breakers enabling you to water all areas with minimum effort. Speeds up your watering job. In the greenhouse most benches can be watered from one side. Model Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Length Case Number Each Case 116-G 16” 12 19-2216- $ — $ — 124-G 24” 12 19-2224- — — 130-G 30” 6 19-2230- — — 136-G 36” 6 19-2236- — — 148-G 48” 6 19-2248- — — Gooseneck Bend Extension Handle 148-GB 48” 6 19-2250- $ — $—

The most comfortable extension handle available! The 6” foam grip will not soak up water and insulates the user from the temperature of the water passing through the anodized aluminum tubing. The brass swivel coupler end is for use with all garden hose thread.

with foam comfort grips Model Qty/ Catalog Number Description Case Number 116-GCBY 16” Wand 12 19-2218- 124-GCBY 24” Wand 12 19-2226- 130-GCBY 30” Wand 6 19-2235-

Rainbow Wand S The perfect watering device for seedlings and plugs S Over 1,000 micro holes creates a soft, gentle shower for watering delicate young plants S The foam Handi-Grip handle provides comfort and insulation from unheated water S The easy on and off water shut-off valve gives fingertip flow control S The Rainbow Wand is designed for quality and is made from cycolac plastic, stainless steel, aluminum and brass S 6” wand 65-4433-1 65-4433-2

Each Case of 12

800-325-3055

$ — —

PC-1 PC-2 Each Case $ — $— — — — —

Color Length Assorted 16” Assorted 30” Hanging Basket Wand Blue 36”

Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Case Number Each Case 12 65-4462- $ — $— 12 65-4461- — — 6 65-4510-

—

—

One Touch Rain Wand

S Allows complete and total water flow control with one touch of your thumb S Efficiently saves water while watering from one plant to the next S Made with heavy-duty aluminum for lightweight feel S Available in 16” and 30” Lengths

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Description Number Each Case of 12 16” Wand 65-4473- $ — $ — 30” Wand 65-4472- — —

8-Pattern Water Wand - 36” Long S 36” long with 8 selectable patterns; mist, flat, full, shower, angled, jet, cone and soaker S Die-cast metal construction, with a comfortable foam grip S Adjustable head; on-off switch on grip 19-2360-1 Each $ — 19-2360-2 Case of 12

6-Pattern Water Wand - 28” Long S 28” long adjustable head, with 6 selectable patterns; mist, flat, full, shower, cone and soaker and on-off control switch on grip S Lightweight plastic $ construction, with a 19-2362-1 Each — 19-2362-2 Case of 12 insulated grip

www.hummert.com

317

watering wands

Berry Color Handle

16” Wand & Nozzle

30” Wand & Nozzle

Water Wands

Premium Telescoping Sprinkler

8 Pattern Long Neck Nozzle

Model 317TSCR S Premium telescoping gentle shower wand sprinkler that adjusts from 39” to 55.5” for maximum reach when needed S Even the sprinkler head angle is adjustable; great for watering a multitude of hanging baskets hung throughout the greenhouse S Built-in ON/OFF and flow control S Nozzle has 50 individual spray jets 19-1809-1 Each $— 19-1809-2 Case of 18 —

S Die-cast zinc handle guard and head; durable aluminum tube construction S Crush-resistant, glass-filled nylon handle S Patented 8 pattern spray nozzle S Insulated grip for cold water comfort S Long neck nozzle design ideal for watering hanging plants S Trigger guard eliminates accidental spraying when dropped S Assorted colors – no preferences S Lock-on water clip S Approximate overall length 13” 19-4196-1 19-4196-2

Wide Shower Wand Model 316 Each Case of 8

$— —

watering wands & nozzles

9 Pattern Turret Watering Wands - With Shut-off

S 16” watering area S Nozzle has 99 jets to provide a gentle S Reaches 36”, yet folds shower when watering for storage while covering a S Adjustable head angle wide area for ease of use S Built-in flow control 19-1811-1 Each with comfort grip 19-1811-2 Case of 6

S 9 pattern turret for all watering needs: jet, mist, flood, flat, angle, shower, fan, cone and center S Cushioned finger grip for comfort fit S Brass shut-off with flow-control knob S Excellent for reaching hanging baskets and shrubs Model Qty/ Catalog Number Description Case Number 58290 36” Wand 12 20-0160- 58291 18” Wand 6 20-0162-

$— —

Short Wand - with 8-Pattern Nozzle

PC-1 PC-2 Each Case $ — $ — — —

Pot-Mist Waterer and Mist Sprayer

S The 16“ long wand comes complete with an 8-pattern dialing nozzle S The nozzle head Model 424SW angle is adjustable S Made of high impact plastic and aluminum 19-1808-1 Each S Light in weight, 19-1808-2 Case of 6 easy to use

$— —

Fogg-It Nozzles

POT-MIST WATERERS

POT-MIST SPRAYER S Waterers come in two lengths, 14” and 24”. Each has a thumb-lever shut-off valve and 2 interchangeable heads: a gentle free flow and a mist spray head S Sprayer is an all purpose greenhouse sprayer that provides a fine mist, fog and/or humidity. Thumb lever control for easy on/off operation. Excellent for orchids, greenhouse plants, seed flats, etc Description Size Pot-Mist Waterer 14” Long Pot-Mist Waterer 24” Long Pot-Mist Sprayer 7.5” Long REPAIR KIT FOR SHUT OFF 40 - 205 RK REPLACEMENT HEADS for POT-MIST WATERER Mist Head Aerator Head

318

800-325-3055

Catalog Number 19-2130-1 19-2135-1 19-2140-1

Price $— — —

19-2160-1

$—

19-2150-1 19-2155-1

$— —

S Heavy-duty, precision made with solid brass jets S Fogg-It Nozzles deliver a super-soft mist that’s ideal for greenhouse, nursery or anywhere plants must be watered with care S Will fit any 3/4” hose

S Excellent for misting any size seedlings, flowers, foliage or cuttings S Designed to withstand years of use S Available in 4 different flow rates and a wide angle type

Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Description Case Number Each Case 1/2 gpm Fogg-It 6 19-1950- $ — $ — 1 gpm Fogg-It 6 19-1960- — — 2 gpm Fogg-It 6 19-1970- — — 4 gpm Fogg-It 6 19-1980- — — 2 gpm Wide Angle 6 19-1990- — —

www.hummert.com

Water Breakers 400AL Water Breaker

400AL

S Cast aluminum with 3/4” brass hose threads and 400 tiny streams of water from a concentrated 2 1/4” area S Fast, full-flow watering, yet the gentle flow won't damage plants or distribute soil S 11.1 gpm @ 40 psi 400PL

400PL Water Breaker

S Lightweight alternative to the 400AL but made with high impact cycolac plastic and aluminum

170AL

170AL Water Breaker

S Softest full-flow watering nozzle available 1000PLC S Over 1000 micro-holes create an ultra-soft shower with less water S Will not disturb delicate soil or harm tender plants and foliage S Made of high impact cycolac plastic and stainless steel S 11 gpm @ 40 psi 1000PL-NC 1000PL-WC S The Red 1000PLC is the standard Redhead with a medium pattern S The Green 1000PL-NC is perfect for focused watering where more control is required S The Orange 1000PL-WC throws a wider pattern than the standard Redhead, offering Model Catalog PC-1 PC-2 the ability to cover Number Number 1-11 12 & up more area with a 1000PLC 19-1560- $ — $— soft, gentle flow 1000PL-NC 19-1561- — — 1000PL-WC 19-1562-

S Narrow water pattern for containers and hanging baskets S Designed for low or restricted water pressures and volumes S Cast aluminum with 3/4” brass hose threads S 7 gpm @ 40 psi

—

—

510 Seedling Nozzle

170PL Water Breaker

S A lightweight alternative to the 170AL made out of cycolac plastic

480AL

S Narrow water pattern for edge watering with over 480 micro-holes to create an ultra-soft shower S Case aluminum with stainless steel and 3/4” brass threads S Ideal for plugs or seedlings S 7 gpm @ 40 psi 480PL

480PL Water Breaker

S Same configurations as the 480AL, but, made of lightweight cycolac plastic

Model Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Number 1-11 12 & up 400AL 19-1500- $ — $— 400PL 19-1550- — — 170AL 19-1600- — — 170PL 19-1625- — — 480AL 19-1555- — — 480PL 19-1556- — —

800-325-3055

S Designed for watering delicate seedlings, plugs or fragile plants S Produces an extra fine, hollow ”Cone Mist Pattern” S .5 gpm @ 40 psi S 3/4” brass inlet and made from solid brass 19-1650-1 1 - 11 19-1650-2 12 & up

water breakers

170PL

480AL Water Breaker

1000PL Water Breakers

$— —

750PL Lemonhead

S Soft full-flow watering nozzle S 750 holes create an ultra-soft shower with less water S Will not disturb delicate soil or harm tender plants and foliage S Made of high impact cycolac plastic and stainless steel S 8 gpm @ 40 psi 19-1558-1 1 - 11 19-1558-2 12 & up

$— —

Screen-Aire™

S Ideal for watering nursery containers, large planting areas and anywhere a massive amount of water needs to be dispensed S Plastic body with 3/4” hose thread S Provides a gentle, concentrated and aerated flow S 18 gpm @ 40 psi

19-1575-1 1 - 9 19-1575-2 10 & up

$— —

www.hummert.com

319

Watering Nozzles 4” Brass Rose Nozzle

Fan Spray Nozzle with Soft Grip

Model 540BC S Extra wide spray pattern S Designed for watering bedding plants, pots or market packs S Includes protective rubber guard S 3/4” brass hose threads S 18-20 gpm @ 40 psi S Increases the speed of hand watering 19-1580-1 Each 19-1580-2 Case of 10

watering nozzles

S Made of high impact plastic with small holes on convex spray head S Comes with a washer $ — —

Model 314

Metal Fan Spray Shut-Off Valve S Insulated hand grip helps prevent cold hands in winter months S Gentle spray for flowers, shrubs, annuals and seedlings S Made of metal to last for years 20-0163-1 Each 20-0163-2 Case of 6

Model 58297N

$ — —

Plastic Fan Spray Shut-Off Valve

$ — —

Model 50141

S Finger tip control with flow control and shut-off valve S Spike hold the base at any angle for optional hands-free watering S Gentle spray for general purpose watering Model 58048N

320

Fan Spray with Lever Shut-Off

20-0175-1 Each 20-0175-2 Case of 12

Model 403M

$ — —

Adjustable Fan Spray S Angled head for more precise watering and ease of use S Water saving flow control and shut-off S Made of durable rustproof polymer construction 20-0177-1 Each 20-0177-2 Case of 12

Model 305

$ — —

$ — —

800-325-3055

S Adjustable nozzle with 10 spray patterns S Water-saving flow control S Cushioned sure grip

Model 583

19-1803-1 Each 19-1803-2 Case of 10

Fan Spray with Shut-Off/Spike

20-0165-1 Each 20-0165-2 Case of 12

Model 50140

$ — —

Adjustable Metal Nozzle

S Made of durable polystyrene with fold away metal spike S Multiple holes in spray head provide a gentle flow for watering sensitive plant material 19-1866-1 Each 19-1866-2 Case of 8

19-1867-1 Each 19-1867-2 Case of 8

S A unique fan type nozzle with an easy to use squeeze grip for instant on/off or adjustable control S Angled for ease of use and control of flow S Made of lightweight metal with front metal control

$— —

Gentle Shower Head

19-2256-1 Each 19-2256-2 Case of 36

S Metal fan plate on nozzle provides a greater output of water S Soft grip over body reduces hand fatigue S The nozzle has a built-in ON/OFF and flow control S Light weight and easy to handle S Gentle shower spray head S Rezimar body with crush resistant coupling

$ — —

Power Flow Nozzle S All metal body with contoured design better fits your hand when watering S Overmold for comfortable handling S Built-in flow control with on/ off and large easy turn dial for adjustable spray 20-0166-1 Each 20-0166-2 Case of 6

$— —

Model 4TW

www.hummert.com

Watering & Spray Nozzles Front Lever Nozzle

Commercial Nozzle with Threaded Front

• Adjustable tip controls spray • All metal body and handle • Curved design for better hand fit • Overmold for comfortable handling • Flow control built-in • Lock-open for extended watering • Adjustable flow from straight stream to almost flood 19-2089-1 Each 19-2089-2 Case of 12

$— —

• Male hose threaded front for attaching accessories • Heavy-duty, full size, die cast zinc body • Insulated molded grip for spraying hot or cold water • Hold-open clip for continuous spraying • Rust resistant stainless steel spring • Self adjusting “duck” packing for lifetime leak proof seal Model 413

• Fully adjustable from a light spray for watering to a powerful jet spray • Fingertip flow control modifies water pressure, allowing a quick adjustment to the flow of water without going back to the faucet • A lock-on button on the trigger holds it in place, allowing continuous water flow which helps reduce hand fatigue $— —

Model 58610N

• All metal bodies and handles • Curved design for better hand fit • Overmold for comfortable handling • Flow control built-in • Lock-open for extended watering • 8 patterns: shower, stream, soaker, center, full, cone, mist and flat Model 50111

Industrial Front Trigger Nozzle • Heavy duty, die-cast zinc body with brass spray tip and THERMOGUARD™ insulation • Hot water rated to 160˚F with water pressure rated up to 125 psi • Adjustable spray pattern, flow control and on/off • Trigger guard minimizes accidental spray and damage when dropped • Crush resistant, glass-filled nylon handle 19-1870-1 Each 19-1870-2 Case of 8

$— —

19-2093-1 Each 19-2093-2 Case of 10

$— —

Model 417

Multi-Pattern Nozzle • Die-cast metal body with insulated super-soft comfort grip • Crush resistant glass-filled nylon handle • 6-pattern, premium spray head with soft shower, drizzle, soaker, power wash, rinse and mist • Has built-in flow control in addition to controlling flow with front trigger

Model 50502

19-1872-1 Each 19-1872-2 Case of 8

$— —

Model 50116

Master Series Pistol Nozzle

Master Series Spray Nozzle

• Fully adjustable from a light spray for watering to a powerful jet spray • Fingertip flow control modifies water pressure, allowing a quick adjustment to the flow of water without going back to the faucet • Front trigger requires 4x less effort • Hold-open clip for continuous spraying

• Adjustable water pattern for multiple nozzle sprays • Easy on/off thumb control reduces hand fatigue and provides fullest flow • Non slip grip • Adjustable water flow 19-2082-1 Each 19-2082-2 Case of 12

• 5 position dial with 7 spray patterns: full action cone, sharp stream, full flow, gentle shower, jet, flood and mist • Hold-open clip for continuous spraying • Rust resistant stainless steel spring • Self adjusting “duck” packing for the ultimate leakproof seal • Comfortable cushioned vinyl grip Model 594 • All brass valve stem with permanent adjusting nut • Heavy-duty die cast 19-1813-1 Each $— 19-1813-2 Case of 10 —

8 Pattern Front Lever Nozzle

• Die-cast metal body with insulated super-soft comfort grip • Made from crush-resistant glass-filled nylon • Large brass spray tip provides a variety of sprays; from straight stream to mist • Lock-on water clip reduces fatigue when watering for extended periods $— —

Model 572TFR

spray nozzles

Front Trigger Adjustable Nozzle

19-1871-1 Each 19-1871-2 Case of 8

$— —

7 Pattern Comfort Grip

Front Trigger Nozzle

19-2080-1 Each 19-2080-2 Case of 12

19-1810-1 Each 19-1810-2 Case of 12

$— —

800-325-3055

Model 410GCT

19-2084-1 Each 19-2084-2 Case of 14

$— —

Model 310GCF

www.hummert.com

321

Watering & Spray Nozzles Color Storm Nozzles

Magnum™

• Each of the following 3 nozzles are available in six colors: red, orange, yellow, green, blue and berry • Please note: Colors will be randomly filled, unless purchased by the case which will be assorted colors

One Touch Shower & Stream • Complete and total water flow control with just a touch of your thumb • Has two pattern options: shower and stream

Pictured with 1” brass adapter (sold separately) • The MAGNUM™ is 100% metal containing no plastic internal parts to break, stick or wear out • The unique ratchet mechanism easily adjusts from gentle fan to powerful jet stream and prevents overtightening damage

Revolver Nozzle • Nine spray patterns • Quick-click pattern changing • Ergonomic insulated grip • Heavy-duty construction

• Precision machined, incredibly smooth operation, outstanding distribution patterns • Perfect for greens and tees or equipment wash down • Flow rate is 37 gpm at 80 psi • Inlet is 3/4" female hose thread

Magnum 19-4250-1

1 - 5

$ — 19-4250-2 6 & up

$—

1” MHT X 1” FPT Brass Fitting

spray nozzles

19-4255-1

$ — 19-4255-2 12 & up

$—

Fireman’s Style Twist Nozzle

Fan Nozzle

• Adjustable spray pattern • Provides more flow than other nozzles due to its internal design • Rezimar™ body with crush-resistant coupling • Dual soft-grip overmold

• Heavy duty metal • Ergonomic insulated grip Shower Stream 65-4475-1 65-4475-2 Revolver 65-4480-1 65-4480-2 Fan 65-4465-1 65-4465-2

Each Case of 12 Each Case of 12 Each Case of 12

$— — — — — —

Model 50170

19-1875-1 Each 19-1875-2 Case of 10

$— —

Full Size Brass Twist Nozzle

Metal Turbo Nozzle • • • •

1 - 11

Fireman's style tip adjusts spray pattern Designed for large volumes of water Extra large handle for maximum control Manufactured from all metal with molded grip for cushioned comfort

Model FD1

• Heavy duty solid brass construction with comfort grip • All brass valve stem with four large openings at nozzle tip for full flow • Machined with a precise tip angle to Model 528 eliminate side spray • 3 quick turns from closed to open • Adjustable from fine to needle stream to heavy rinse 19-1805-1 Each 19-1805-2 Case of 12

$— —

Mid-Size Twist Nozzle 20-0167-1 Each 20-0167-2 Case of 6

$— —

• Allows water to gently soak into ground with minimal erosion • Perfect for plants that will not tolerate direct spray

• Heavy duty solid brass construction with comfort grip • All brass valve stem with four large openings at nozzle tip for full flow • Machined with a precise tip angle to Model 529 eliminate side spray • 2 quick turns from closed to open • Adjustable from fine to needle stream to heavy rinse

19-1862-1 Each 19-1862-2 Case of 12

19-1806-1 Each 19-1806-2 Case of 12

Water Bubbler

322

$— —

800-325-3055

$— —

www.hummert.com

Watering Nozzles & Accessories 4” Brass Twist Nozzle • All brass valve stem with four large openings at nozzle tip for full flow • Machined with a precise tip angle to eliminate side spray • Adjustable jet spray pattern from fine to needle stream to heavy rinse 19-4200-1 Each 19-4200-2 Case of 10

Zinc Sweeper Nozzle • Durable zinc construction with high-impact jet spray for hard to clean areas • Comfort grip with flow control and on/off Model 50166

$— —

Model C-800C

Model 50165 $— —

Model 50500 $— —

2” Brass Sweeper Nozzle • All brass construction with straight-through design provides a powerful non-adjustable stream • Great for cleaning greenhouse floors, parking lots, sidewalks, driveways, etc Model 50161 $— —

800-325-3055

Each

Model 1116

$—

GroGreen Garden Hose Filter

• Water pressure rated up to 200 psi • Heavy duty die-cast zinc and brass spray tip with GripGuard insulation • Adjustable spray pattern

19-4170-1 Each 19-4170-2 Case of 10

$— —

• Instant, easy-to-use on/off lever • Works with any hand held nozzle • Comfortable ergonomic design • Sturdy die cast body • Precision brass internal parts • Durable chrome finish • Standard inlet and outlet garden hose threads 19-2165-1

Industrial Twist Nozzle

19-1874-1 Each 19-1874-2 Case of 10

Model 50160

Thumb Valve

5.5” Twist Nozzle

19-4173-1 Each 19-4173-2 Case of 10

• Rezimar™ body with crushproof coupling • Provides a powerful jet spray even with lower water pressures • Adjustable flow control and on/off • Dual soft grip overmold design 19-4171-1 Each 19-4171-2 Case of 10

$— —

• Rezimar™ body with crush-proof coupling • Adjustable spray pattern with flow control and on/off • Dual soft grip overmold design

Model 58361N

• Eliminates harmful chlorine and reduces chloramines • Reduces foul tastes and odors, V.O.C’s, sediment, rust and iron particles • Invigorates organic compost, soil amendments and bio-teas • Improves quality of fruits, vegetables and flowers Model 31024 • 8,000 gallons of filtered water capacity at 2 gallons per minute • Pressure range: 20-100 psi 19-0500-1 Each 19-0500-2 Case of 12

$— —

In-Line Hose Filter • An excellent accessory to reduce down time caused by clogged nozzles or water breakers • Has a 100 mesh nylon filter installed inside the foam rubber handle and can be disassembled for easy 19-2305-1 cleaning 19-2305-2

1 - 11 12 & up

www.hummert.com

$— —

323

watering nozzles & accessories

19-1589-1 Each 19-1589-2 Case of 12

$— —

4” Sweeper Nozzle

Adjustable Hose Nozzle • Great cleanup nozzle- cleans walkways, benches, etc • Twisting barrel adjusts water from fan to cone spray to powerful stream • 3/4” brass hose threads • Made in USA from solid brass

19-2600-1 Each 19-2600-2 Case of 12

Shut-Off Valves One Touch™ Valve

Quarter Turn Brass Valve

• Offers thumb-top control of your water flow • Extremely easy to use, the One Touch can be adjusted from off to full flow and anywhere in between with Model 14700 thumb-tip precision • Made from rubber over molded, die-cast zinc with machine brass male threads • 11 gpm @ 40 psi, the One touch has enough flow to power all of your Dramm Waterbreakers 65-4471-1 Each 65-4471-2 Case of 12

hose x hose 075-HG

shut-off valves

Model 65-C

1/4 Turn Cycolac Valve

Each Case of 50 Each Case of 12

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number 1 - 24 25 & Up 19-0150- $ — $ — 19-0050-

—

—

19-0100-

—

—

• Complete repair kit consists of O-rings, nylon bushings, valve stem and handle • Replacement O-rings for valve stem are sold separately Complete Repair Kit 19-0160-1 O-ring, package of 10 19-0165-1

Model 35-C

$— —

1/4 Turn Brass Valve Model C-45C

$— — — —

pipe x pipe 075-FF

Repair Parts For Above Quarter-Turn Valves

$— —

• Quarter turn and water is off – even with wet hands • Engineered to withstand higher water pressures than other valves • Lightweight, high-impact cycolac plastic • 3/4” male and female hose threads • Made in USA

pipe x hose 075-FG

Model Number Description 075-HG 3⁄4” Female Hose x 3/4” Male Hose 075-FG 3/4” Female Pipe x 3/4” Male Hose 075-FF 3/4” Female Pipe x 3/4” Female Pipe

• Lever activated shut-off valve • Designed for quick and easy watering • Higher water flow than comparable triggers • 11 gpm max output • 3/4” male and female hose threads

19-1590-1 19-1590-2 * 19-1586-1 * 19-1586-2 *Carded

• Easy to operate and positive stopping of water flow, with no drip or leak • Large inside diameter opening insures ample flow

$— —

Touch N’ Flow Pro Valve

19-1595-1 Each 19-1595-2 Case of 12

• Machined from solid brass for greater durability and performance • Will handle pressures of up to 125 psi

• The Dramm 300 Brass Shut-Off Valve is designed to provide fingertip water control • A quarter turn of the large ergonomic handle and the water is off • Made in the USA from heavy-duty brass • 3/4” male and female hose threads 19-1588-1 Each 19-1588-2 Case of 12

Model 10-12353

$— —

Heavy Duty Valve 1/4 Turn Zinc Valve

• Full water flow • Ball opening 5/8” • Ultra heavy duty • Large ergonomic lever • Lightweight for all-day use • 3/4” male and female hose threads • Fiber filled polypropylene 19-1598-1 19-1598-2

324

1 - 11 12 & up

$— —

800-325-3055

• Zinc die-cast body with durable cycolac ball and knob • Controls water flow from full on to positive shut-off

Model 74C

19-4080-1 Each 19-4080-2 Case of 10

$— —

Model 50301

www.hummert.com

Manifold Connectors Gooseneck, Dual & 4 Valve Adapter • All valves have adjustable flow or full on or full off • Large on/off knobs with soft ergonomic grips • All garden hose threads, inlet and outlet • The Gooseneck Adapter is a single valve with a unique design for awkward hose connections • All valves are for outdoor use with cold water

Each Case of 12 Each Case of 10 Each Case of 6

20-0194-1 20-0194-2 20-0200-1 20-0200-2 20-0199-1 20-0199-2

$— — — — — —

Single, Dual & 4 Valve Adapter

• Durable Rezimar™ body • Plastic ergo grip knob • Metal swivel coupling with ergonomic grip • Crush-proof metal male couplings Single Valve Dual Valve 4 Valve Adapter

• Large on/off knobs with soft ergonomic grips • Easy to use levers for controlling water flow • All garden hose threads.

Each Case of 10 Each Case of 10 Each Case of 8

19-5163-1 19-5163-2 19-5168-1 19-5168-2 19-5152-1 19-5152-2

$— — — — — —

Kink-Free High Flow Adapter • Rezimar™ body with metal ergo swivel coupling • Large on/off and flow control knob with soft grip overmold • Large water passage for high water flow rate • Flex Hose with kink-free coil • Dual outlets

800-325-3055

45% More water flow than other hose faucet adapters

Model ay2ffm

Made of heavy-duty aluminum with on/off and flow controls • Maximum water flow equals maximum water flow to sprinklers and nozzles • Model AY4FFM – 4 way shut-off valves to 4 hoses with a 3/4” male hose thread (with cap for one more hose connection) 4-way Outlet Each Case of 6 2-way Outlet Each Case of 6

• Model AY2FFM – 2 way shut-off valve for 2 hoses 19-2282-1 $ 19-2282-2 19-2283-1 19-2283-2

— — — —

Brass Long Neck Dual Valve Adapter • Large, heavy-duty die-cast brass body • Extra large shut-off knob with ergonomic grips control water from full ON to OFF • Brass swivel coupling with soft grip 19-4015-1 Each $— 19-4015-2 Case of 10 —

Model 50545

Hose Protector • Saves hose ends from everyday stress and strain • Prevents hose-end kinking and damage to hose couplings • Heavy-duty zinc-plated steel and brass • 3/4” male and 19-2310-1 female hose 19-2310-2 threads

Model HP-625C 1 - 11 12 & up

$— —

Faucet Extender

Model 50315

9-5167-1 Each 1 19-5167-2 Case of 8

Model ay4ffm

$— —

• 4-ply hose • Flexible hose with kink-free coil • Metal swivel coupling with ergonomic grip • Faucet and strain relief 9-4162-1 Each 1 19-4162-2 Case of 12

$— —

Model 50370

www.hummert.com

325

manifold connectors

Swivel Valve Dual Valve 4 Valve Adapter

Metal Manifold Connectors

Hose Menders & Couplers Heavy Duty Metal Menders & Couplers

Brass Hose Menders & Couplers

MALE

FEMALE

COUPLER

hose menders & couplers

• Brass clincher type menders and couplers, used to replace damaged or worn-out hose fittings • Installation involves cutting the hose in back of the damaged hose fitting, inserting the pre-lubricated end of the new fitting and gently hammering the clincher fingers firmly around hose, alternating opposite sides of menders when doing so • Using a heavy duty vise can also be used to close the fingers of the menders, again, alternating sides when doing so Model Catalog Size Number Number Male Hose Mender 1⁄2” C12MB50 19-4120- 5⁄8” C58MB50 19-4121- 3⁄4” C34MB50 19-4122- Female Hose Mender 1⁄2” C12FB50 19-4100- 5⁄8” C58FB50 19-4101- 3⁄4” C34FB50 19-4102- Hose Mender - Coupler 1⁄2” C12HMB50 19-4090- 5⁄8” C58HMB50 19-4091- 3⁄4” C34HMB50 19-4092-

PC-1 PC-2 Each Carton of 50 $ — — —

$— — —

$ — — —

$— — —

$ — — —

$— — —

Reusable Polymer Hose Menders

MALE

FEMALE

• Heavy-duty zinc and brass metal construction to resist traffic, trucks and wear • The patented impact resistant clamp design utilizes non-corroding high grade stainless steel screws that will resist stripping when being tightened • Leakproof, reusable and easy to install and can be used on rubber or plastic hose • Can be used on 5⁄8” or 3⁄4” hose Model Size Number Male Hose Mender 5⁄8”-3⁄4” 01MZ Female Hose Mender 5⁄8”-3⁄4” 01FZ Hose Mender Coupler 5⁄8”-3⁄4” 01HMZ

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Each Carton of 12 19-4085-

Model Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Size Number Number Each Carton of 12 Male Hose Mender 1⁄2” 05M 19-1822- $ — $— 5⁄8”- 3⁄4” 01M 19-4150- — — Female Hose Mender 1⁄2” 05F 19-1820- $ — $— 5⁄8”- 3⁄4” 01F 19-4151- — — Hose Coupler 1⁄2” 05HM 19-1821- $ — $— 5⁄8”- 3⁄4” 01HM 19-4152- — —

326

800-325-3055

$ —

$—

19-4086-

$ —

$—

19-4087-

$ —

$—

Faucet Adapters and Caps

O8Y MALE FEMALE COUPLER • Made of non-corrosive, durable polymer with stainless steel screws and nuts • The patented impact resistant clamp design utilizes non-corroding high grade stainless steel screws that will resist stripping when being tightened • Leakproof, reusable and easy to install and can be used on rubber or plastic hose • Models 05M, 05F and 05HM can be used on 1⁄2” hose • Models 01M, 01F and 01HM can be used on 5⁄8” or 3⁄4” hose

COUPLER

50311

16G

05HCC

08Y – ‘Y’ Connector

Zinc die cast construction longer legs, and less angle to reduce hose kinking. Includes end caps for single hose use

50311 – Dual Valve Adapter

Allows use of 2 hoses from a faucet. Complete shut-off on one or both connections. Water flow is adjustable

16G – Goose-Neck Hose Connector

Angles hose or accessories away from hose bib or wall. Swivel nut provides for easy connection to faucet. Rugged, die cast zinc

05HCC – Brass Hose Cap

For use with any standard male hose end. Includes hose washer. Heavy solid brass construction. Two caps per package

Qty/ Catalog PC-1 Model Description Case Number Each 08Y ‘Y’ Connector 12 19-4000- $ — 50311 Dual Valve 10 19-4010- — 16G Goose-neck 12 19-4024- — 05HCC Brass hose cap 12 19-4026- —

PC-2 Case $— — — —

www.hummert.com

Snap Connectors Brass

Hose Washers 02FW

01RW 01CW

01RW – Heavy Duty Rubber Hose Washers

• Made of brass to provide years of trouble-free service • No threading, unthreading, twisting or turning. Simply push back collar for instant, leakproof connecting of faucet to hose or other hose device • Saves time and labor. Can be adapted to almost any type of garden hose device • 3⁄4” hose threads connections Description Male & Female Male Female Replacement Washer

• Replacing hose washers often keeps the irrigation specialist dry, and these heavy duty rubber washers keeps them dryer longer • Packed 10/bag

01CW – Vinyl Hose Washers

• Made of vinyl to provide a soft cushion for fittings • Packed 10/bag

02FW – Filter Washers

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Each Case of 25 19-2325- $ — $— 19-2327- — — 19-2329- — — 19-2326- — —

• Metal screen is molded into washer, fits all hose couplings • Stops sediment from reaching hose nozzle or mist nozzles • Packed 3/bag

34W – Bulk Rubber Hose Washers

• Packaged for large commercial users. Excellent quality, thick rubber washers fits all hose fittings and accessories • Packed 250 washers/bag

• Easy to use with rubber grips where needed • Provides quick, easy connection of faucet, hose, nozzles and other watering accessories 4 2 1



(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Following Sets Contain: 2939AQ 29AQ (1) F  emale hose connector/ 1 1 automatic shut-off (2) Male hose end adapters 2 2 (3) Male faucet adapter 1 (4) Female faucet connector 1 Pieces/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Model Set Number Each Case of 12 2939AQ 5 19-1850- $ — $— 29AQ 3 19-1851- — —

Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Case Number Each Case 12 19-4027- $ — $— 20 19-4028- — — 12 19-4029- — — 6 19-4062- — —

Quick Connect Seals • Replacement seals for brass female quick connectors • 3 per package 19-4043-1 Each 19-4043-2 Case of 10

$— —

Flexogen Hose Washers • 3⁄4” replacement washers for Flexogen hose • Fits most hex style female couplings • Long life construction 19-4065-1 Bag of 6 19-4065-2 Case of 20 Bags

$— — Model 010RS

Hose Bib Lock

20 Piece Washer and End Cap Kit

• The Hose Bib Lock fits over hose faucets to prevent tampering • Easy to install • Lock included

18-6635-1 Each $ 18-6635-2 Case of 6

• 10 – Rubber hose washers 4 – Premium O-ring seals 4 – Metal filter rubber washers 2 – Plastic end caps • All packed in a reusable plastic case with hanging tab for easy storage — —

800-325-3055

19-4067-1 Each 19-4067-2 Case of 10

$— —

www.hummert.com

327

quick connectors

Model Description 01RW Rubber Washers 01CW Vinyl Washers 02FW Filter Washers 34W Bulk Washers

Gilmour - Quick Connectors

3

34W

Brass Couplings with Hose Thread

2-Ear Clamps Under certified test a single 7⁄8” 2-ear clamp held secure at 12,800 psi. These clamps are of high quality metal, zinc plated and are easy to apply or remove with a simple and inexpensive pincer. Clamps are ideally suited for rubber spray hose, water hose, plastic pipe, etc. Select 2 sizes larger than outside diameter of your hose Since hose sizes can vary, please measure before ordering Clamp Open Closed Catalog PC-1 Size ID ID Number 1– 99 5/8” .71 .50 19-4520- $ — 3/4” .79 .52 19-4530- — 7/8” .91 .55 19-4540- — 1” 1.07 .76 19-4550- — 1-1/8” 1.22 .90 19-4560- — 1-5/16” 1.35 1.00 19-4570- —

PC-2 100 & up $— — — — — —

Pinchers for use with O-Clamps

clamps & couplings

The Oetiker pincers are forged from high-quality steel for heavy usage.

Hy-Gear Hose Clamps Stainless steel clamps with stainless steel band, housing and screw. Insures positive leak-proof seals that can’t break loose. Slotted 5/16” hex head screw and 9/16” band and housing Clamp Part Diameter Number 1/2” x 1-1/4” 6812 3/4” x 1-1/2” 6816

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number 1-99 100 & up 19-4400- $ — $— 19-4410- — —

Digital Fractional Caliper

• The Carbon Fiber Digital Fractional Caliper provides three universal systems of measurement • The high-contrast digital display easily switches between decimal inches, millimeters and fractions, with guaranteed accuracy to 0.001” • In addition, the lightweight, non-marring carbon fiber construction delivers accurate readings of inside, outside, step and depth measurements

328

Conforms to government specifications. Heavy octagon nut. Precision cut threads. Specially machined corrugations grip tight without cutting. Barb Model Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Size Description Number Number 1-9 10 & Up 3⁄8” Male Hose 257MH 19-8290- $ — $— 3⁄8” Female Hose Swivel 257MH 19-8275- — — 1⁄2” Male Hose 1051B 19-4340- — — 1⁄2” Female Hose Swivel 1055B 19-4300- — — 5⁄8” Male Hose 1051B 19-4350- — — 5⁄8” Female Hose Swivel 1055B 19-4310- — — 3⁄4” Male Hose 1051B 19-4360- — — 3⁄4” Female Hose Swivel 1055B 19-4320- — — *1” Female Hose Swivel 351770 19-4330- — — *1” Couplings are supplied with 1” pipe threads on both male and female

19-4690-1 $ —

18-6290-1 1-5 18-6290-2 6 & Up

female SWIVEL male HOSE

Features & Benefits: • Convenient auto-off feature • Accuracy: +/- 0.001” +/0.02mm • Resolution: 0.0005”, 0.01mm, 1/64” • Power Source: 1 SR44 battery (included) with case

$ — —

800-325-3055

1” 1” 1” 1”

Female Pipe Swivel Male Pipe, FIPT Female Hose Swivel Male Hose

BS848 BS818 BCF78 BMC78

19-4332- 19-4333- 19-4335- 19-4336-

$ — — — —

$— — — —

Brass Hose Mender - Barbed For connecting two hoses with clamps. Same quality as above For Hose Model Catalog PC-1 PC-2 I.D. Size Number Number 1-9 10 & Up 1⁄2” 138-8 19-4710- $ — $— 5⁄8” 138-10 19-4715- — — 3⁄4” 138-12 19-4720- — 3.50 1” BM8 19-4722- — —

Hummerts Helpful Hints

Threads, on or in hose fittings For clarification of terms used in our catalog, please see the following definitions for assistance when hose or fittings sizes are mentioned • “Hose” thread - refers to fittings that attach to common Garden Hose. • “Pipe” thread refers to the NPT or National Pipe Thread Designations. • Straight Pipe - Utilizes a gasket seal to prevent leaks • Taper Pipe - Uses friction and/or Teflon tape to seal • ”Hose” and “Pipe” threads are not compatible • Outside Diameter of Male Fittings with Threads, Size, Threads Per Inch .675” – 3/8” NPT – 18 TPI (Threads per Inch) .840” – ½” NPT – 14 TPI 1.050” – ¾” NPT – 14 TPI 1.060’ – ¾” GHT (Garden Hose Threads) – 11.5 TPI 1.315” – 1” NPT – 11.5 TPI 1.660” – 1¼”NPT – 11.5 TPI 1.900” – 1½”NPT – 11.5 TPI 2.375” – 2” NPT – 11.5 TPI Note: size designations will not match the Outside Diameter of the pipe or hose.

www.hummert.com

Polyurethane Garden Hose Benefits and Features of the Polyurethane Garden Hose • Made in the USA • The hose is soft, flexible and effortless to use • Fittings are solid machined brass, specially chrome plated • Flexible in all weather; hot, cold even freezing temperatures • Specially engineered strain reliefs on both ends to prevent hose kinks, cracks or leaky connections

3/8” Professional Garden Hose

1/2” Polyurethane Garden Hose

3/8” Professional Coil Hose • Perfect hose for smaller watering needs such as germination or growth chambers, patios, containers and small gardens • 3/8” inside diameter design, with flow rate of 3-4 gpm • Features 12 inch tails on each coil end; color, purple (eggplant)

1/2” Polyurethane Garden Hose

Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Case Number Each Case

3/8” Professional Coil Hose 50’ 75’

6 19-5340- $ — 4 19-5342- —

$— —

1/2” Polyurethane Garden Hose 25’ 50’ 75’ 100’

6 19-5350- $ — 6 19-5352- — 6 19-5354- — 6 19-5356- —

$— — — —

Hose Coupling and Repair Tool • Perfect for making repairs or custom length hoses • This outside crimp tool makes strong connections with the brass hose couplings • All you need is the crimping tool, a die set for your hose size, ferrules and brass couplings

How the system works: 1. Hose Diameter must be checked with barb in place using a digital caliper. Outer diameter of the hose must fall within the range listed for the crimp to work properly. Other size dies are available via special order. 5/8” set - for hose size 0.870 to 0.935 3/4” set - for hose size 1.080 to 1.155 1” set - for hose size 1.325 to 1.405 2. Insert the correct size dies into the tool. They slide into place with no tools. These are reusable, one size required for each hose diameter. Ferrule

3. Place the correctly sized ferrule onto the outside of the hose. Then insert the brass coupling. The ferrule will be compressed onto the hose. 4. Push down lightly on the lever. Lift lever and slightly twist hose. Push down again. Repeat process to make a smooth crimp. 5. Once the ferrule has been evenly compressed the connection is secure.

See preceding pages for Brass Fittings

800-325-3055

Catalog Price Description Number Each Crimping Tool 19-4620-1 $ — 5/8” Die Set 19-4308-1 — Ferrule, 0.870 to 0.935 19-4309-1 — Female Swivel Hose Barb Coupling 19-4310-1 — Male Hose Barb Coupling 19-4350-1 — Hose Mender, Barb 19-4715-1 — 3/4” Die Set 19-4318-1 — Ferrule, 1.080 to 1.155 19-4319-1 — Female Swivel Hose Barb Coupling 19-4320-1 — Male Hose Barb Coupling 19-4360-1 — Hose Mender, Barb 19-4720-1 — 1” Die Set 19-4328-1 — Ferrule, 1.325 to 1.405 19-4329-1 — Female Swivel Pipe Barb Coupling 19-4335-1 — Male Pipe Barb Coupling 19-4375-1 — Hose Mender, Barb 19-4722-1 —

See preceding pages for Digital Caliper

www.hummert.com

329

polyurethane garden hose & hose repair

• 7/16” inside diameter yields 4-5 gpm • Available in 25’, 50’, 75’ and 100’; color, purple (eggplant) • The 1/2” hose is available in olive green, espresso, cranberry in case lot orders, allow for extended lead time

Length

The Perfect Garden Hose • Kink Free – Helix wrap provides crush, kink and abrasion protection • Maximum Flow – Precision full flow brass fittings are crush resistant and wrench-friendly • Professional Grade – Unique extruded 3-layer design • Woven Fiber core – For increased strength • Easy Handling – Maintains flexibility in extreme temperatures and coils easily • 35% Lighter – Than conventional hoses

Specifications: • Heavy duty brass fittings • Spiral design resists snagging around corners • Operating temperature, -20° F-158° F • Weight per foot; .13 lbs (50’ weighs 6.5 lbs) • Working pressure, 100 psi at 70°F • Burst pressure, 250 psi at 70°F

“The Brightest Green Hose You’ve Ever Seen”

hoses

The easiest hose to work with in a greenhouse or nursery environment

Attention Lawn & Garden Dealers

Please call for pricing for a “Dealer Display Pallet” of 32 or 36 assorted size Dyna-Green PGH Hoses

Size 5/8” x 25’ 5/8” x 50’ 5/8” x 100’

Catalog Number 19-1110-1 19-1112-1 19-1114-1

PC-1 PC-2 1-5 6 & up $ — $ — — — — —

Flexzilla Garden Hose

If it’s not ZillaGreen, it’s not Flexzilla • Premium hybrid polymer construction

• Lightweight, coils easily

• Extreme all-weather flexibility (-40-150 degrees F)

• Kink resistant rib inner core design • Crush resistant anodized aircraft aluminum fittings

• Abrasion resistant • Bend restrictors

• 150 psi working pressure, 500 psi burst pressure

• No memory - lays flat Size 5/8” x 50’ 5/8” x 75’ 5/8” x 100’

Qty/ Catalog Case Number 5 19-0180-1 3 19-0182-1 3 19-0184-1

PC-1 PC-2 Each Case $ — $ — — — — —

50’ Coil Hose with 8 Pattern Pistol • Made of tough polyurethane • Resists abrasion, lightweight and durable

• Automatically rebounds into a neat coil for convenient storage

• Solid brass fittings

• Rated over 100 psi

• Stretches out to follow user’s movements

• Green in color

19-0310-1 Each 19-0310-2 Case of 3

330

The Hose That Coils Itself! $— —

800-325-3055

www.hummert.com

Cut-to-Length Blue Ribbon Premium Watering Hose WHEN YOU DON’T HAVE ENOUGH HOSE or TOO MUCH HOSE, CONSIDER ORDERING CUSTOM CUT-TO-LENGTH SIZES TO FIT YOUR NEEDS AND HOSE REELS • Premium heavy duty smooth surface hose • Resists snags and kinks • Made of rubberized thermoplastic • Perfect for hose reels, fertilizer injectors and situations with limited space • Blue in color and available in 5/8”, 3/4” and 1” diameter • Our fittings are made with heavy-duty solid brass, with a longer and stronger internal shank for added strength and support • NPT male and female fittings are also available for 5/8” and 3/4” • The hose can be purchased with or without fittings installed • The fittings are sold separately, installation is included in price Call for pricing

PRESSURE RATING; 300 PSI HOSE DIAMETERS; 5⁄8”, 3⁄4” and 1” WEIGHT PER 50’ OF HOSE; 5  ⁄8” – 10 lbs 3⁄4” – 15 lbs

1” – 23 lbs

Brass Fittings - For Blue Ribbon™ Hose

Prices include ferrules, fittings and Installation

Price per foot Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 PC-4 Size Reel Number 1-49’ 50-99’ 100’ & up Reel 5⁄8” 500 19-3500- $ — $ — $ — $— 3⁄4” 600 19-3510- — — — — 1” 400 19-3520- — — — — PLEASE MEASURE CAREFULLY BEFORE ORDERING AS ALL CUSTOM CUT-TO-LENGTH HOSE IS NOT RETURNABLE Please allow a minimum of 3 days for fabrication Topeka, KS

Hi-Hose

5⁄8” Brass Barb Fittings For 5⁄8” Hose - Installed Male Hose 19-3550-1 $— Female Hose 19-3552-1 — 3⁄4” Brass Barb Fittings For 3/4” Hose - Installed Male Hose 19-3554-1 $— Female Hose 19-3556-1 — 1” Brass Barb Fittings For 1” Hose - Installed Male Hose 19-3560-1 $— Female Hose 19-3562-1 — Male Pipe 19-3564-1 — Female Pipe 19-3566-1 —

The Labor-Saving, Cost-Cutting, Greenhouse Watering System

™

A simple, efficient way to remove the drudgery of dragging a hose over paths and around plants. Quickly installed in almost any size greenhouse. Water nozzles stay clean and hose and couplings are never walked on. Kits available in 3 lengths and include: coupled hose w/ anti-kink hangers preinstalled, swivel pulleys, galvanized aircraft cable, wire rope clamps and a turnbuckle. Assembly instructions included.

Kit HH-50 contains one 65’ x 5/8” hose and connectors for 50’ greenhouse. Kit HH-75 contains one 90’ x 5/8” hose and connectors for 75’ greenhouse. Kit HH - 100 contains two 65’ x 5/8” hoses and connectors for 100’ greenhouse.*

HH-50 HH-75 HH-100

50’ 75’ 100’

19-1400-1 19-1405-1 19-1410-1

$— — —

*NOTE: Kit HH-100 requires a center support and either 2 faucets (one at either end); or a splitter at the center of the greenhouse.

800-325-3055

www.hummert.com

331

blue ribbon watering hose

Cut-To-Length Blue Ribbon™ Premium Watering Hose

SHIPPED FOB:

TM

colorite premium watering hose

Colorite Premium Watering Hose Premium 100% Rubber

Soft & Supple Rubber/Vinyl

WeatherFlex® All-Weather

Swan’s premium all-rubber hose provides the ultimate in flexibility, strength and durability for most household needs. Stays extremely flexible and coils easily in cold weather, and retains excellent burst strength under hot conditions. Heavy, industrial-style reinforcing adds burst strength and kink resistance. “Full flow” solid brass coupling has heavy duty octagonal design for easy use by either hand or wrench. Rugged cover resists weather and abrasion for many years of dependable service.

Swan engineered the benefits of rubber and vinyl into the strongest, most easy handling garden hose in America — the SOFT & SUPPLE hose. The unique rubber/vinyl formulation keeps the hose lightweight, soft and flexible in the coldest temperatures, making it extremely easy to coil and handle. Industrial-style reinforcing lets the hose withstand up to 400 psi burst pressure. Heavy gauge cover resists all kinds of weather and abrasion. The heavy duty solid brass couplings are crush-resistant, and are octagonal shaped for sure, water-tight connections with a wrench.

A hose with an emerald green transparent cover style showing knit pattern. Sturdy fourply construction includes all-weather vinyl tube and protective inner cover which provides super strength and low-temperature flexibility. Tight knit reinforcing provides excellent kink resistance and burst strength even in the hot sun. Includes GRIPPER® coupling for easy fingertip control. This is an economical type hose not designed for shut off at hose end or maintaining extended pressures. 3⁄4” x 250’ length is uncoupled, consisting of 2 lengths, minimum length 50’.

Country Club Heavy Duty

Length Model

Qty/ Wt/ Catalog Case Case Number

PC-1 Each

PC-2 Case

premium rubber 100% rubber 5⁄8”

Diameter — Black

25’ PM58025 50’ PM58050 100’ pm58100

5 5 3

25 lb 51 lb 61 lb

19-1305- 19-1306- 19-1308-

$ — — —

$— — —

SOFT & SUPPLE premium Rubber/Vinyl 5⁄8”

Diameter — Soft Green



50’ SS58050 5 75’ SS58075 3 3⁄4” Diameter — Soft Green 50’ SS34050 5 75’ SS34075 3 Rugged, industrial-strength construction for frequent, extended periods of usage. Ideal for golf courses, nurseries, parks and institutions, as well as demanding homeowners. Stays flexible in any weather. Tight knit reinforcing allows 125 psi working pressure (500 lb burst). Cover is lightweight, abrasion-resistant. Has 1” NPT pipe thread couplings made of heavy-duty, crush-resistant brass.

We Appreciate Your Business

Thank You! 332

800-325-3055

48 lb 45 lb

19-1311- 19-1312-

$ — —

$— —

65 lb 58 lb

19-1314- 19-1315-

$ — —

$— —

weatherflex all-weather reinforced Hose 5⁄8”

Diameter — Green



25’ WF58025 50’ WF58050 75’ WF58075 100’ WF58100 3⁄4” Diameter — Green

5 5 3 3

17 31 30 38

lb lb lb lb

19-1360- 19-1361- 19-1362- 19-1363-

$ — — — —

$— — — —



5

40 lb

19-1365-

$ —

$—

$ —

$—

50’

WF34050

country club heavy duty 1”Diameter — Green

50’ cc01050

2

40

19-1332-

Special order products are not returnable and may require additional lead time. When preparing an order, please allow ample time for the delivery of those product(s).

www.hummert.com

Dramm COLORSTORM™ Premium Rubber Hose

Heavy Duty Commercial Watering Hose By Flex-Tech™ • This is a heavy duty commercial hose made of rubberized thermoplastic • It has excellent physical strength and is flexible, but resists kinking • Excellent abrasion resistance • Superior resistance to weather and aging • Color: Green • Coupled with heavy duty brass fittings • 5/8” and 3/4” have male and female swivel hose fittings • 1” has 1” MPT & FSPT

5/8” 5/8” 5/8” 5/8”

x x x x

25’ 50’ 75’ 100’

4.6 9.3 13.9 18.5

175 175 175 175

19-3200- 19-3202- 19-3204- 19-3206-

$ — — — —

$— — — —

x 25’ x 50’ x 75’ x 100’ 1” x 100’

6.8 13.5 20.3 27.0 45.0

175 175 175 175 200

19-3210- 19-3212- 19-3214- 19-3216- 19-3224-

— — — — —

— — — — —

3/4” 3/4” 3/4” 3/4”

ORANGE

YELLOW

GREEN

BLUE

SIZE: 5/ 8” x 50’ WEIGHT PER CASE: 65 LBS

Model Color 10-17001-9 Red 10-17002-6 Orange 10-17003-3 Yellow 10-17004-0 Green 10-17005-7 Blue 10-17006-4 Berry

BERRY

Catalog Number 19-1630- 19-1631- 19-1632- 19-1633- 19-1634- 19-1635-

PC-1 PC-2 Each Case of 6 $ — $ — — — — — — — — — — —

Andrews Two Tube Vinyl Sprinklers

Farm & Contractor • Lead Free • Kink Free • Drinking water safe • Extra heavy duty brass couplers with spring on faucet end to reduce wear • High performance burst strength Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Size Qty/Case Number Each Case 3/4”x50’ 5 19-1450- $ — $— 3/4”x75’ 3 19-1452- — — 3/4”x100’ 2 19-1454- — —

Hose Guide • Designed to guide hoses away from planting beds and landscapes • Economically priced to allow for several to be used around planting areas 19-5369-1 19-5369-2

Package of 3 Case of 12

$— —

800-325-3055

• Excellent for watering long or narrow areas • Provides an even sprinkle of water through small holes spaced throughout tube • One end fitted with 3/4” female hose swivel adapter and the other with a removable clip for flushing Weight/ Size Case 30’ 6 lbs 50’ 8 lbs 100’ 16 lbs Repair Accessories Female Coupling End Clip

Catalog Number 19-5305- 19-5310- 19-5320- 19-5325- 19-5326-

PC-1 PC-2 Each Case of 6 $ — $— — — — — $ — —

— —

www.hummert.com

333

hose & hose guide

CUSTOM LENGTHS • With a minimum order of 1,000’, custom lengths are available in any length in increments of 5’ • Bulk reels also available Size Wt/ WP Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Dia x Length Lgth psi Number 1-5 6 & up

RED

THE HOSE WITH COLORS YOU CAN’T MISS! • The COLORSTORM PREMIUM RUBBER HOSE is constructed to resist kinking • It is very flexible and is easy to coil even in cold weather • The crush proof couplings are nickel plated and rust resistant • Choose from six colors • Dramm professional colorstorm hose available in yellow only in 3/4” or 5/8” 50’, 75’, or 100’ • Custom sizes also available call for more information

Lawn & Garden Hose Flexogen is an exceptionally rugged, abrasion-resistant hose with a polished surface that stays clean and resists scuffing and stains. In addition, this all-weather hose coils and handles easier than any other hose. Rubber/vinyl combination.

• 500 psi average burst strength • Protective collar on 1/2” and 5/8” resists kinks at faucet  atented 8-ply construction (6-ply on 1”) •P • Heavy-duty crush resistant metal couplings Length

Model No

Qty/ Wt/ Catalog Case Case Number

/2” DIAMETER 1 25’ 10-12025 6 50’ 10-12050 6

PC-1 Each

PC-2 Case

18 lb 19-1250- 31 lb 19-1252-

$ — —

$— —

6 6 4 2 1

26 50 49 33 45

lb lb lb lb lb

19-1260- 19-1262- 19-1264- 19-1266- 19-1268-

$ — — — — —

$— — — — —

5 4 2 1

26 40 31 22

lb lb lb lb

19-1270- 19-1272- 19-1274- 19-1276-

$ — — — —

$— — — —

$ — —

$— —

5/8” DIAMETER 25’ 10-58025 50’ 10-58050 75’ 10-58075 100’ 10-58100 250’ 10-58250

1/2” dia

3/4” DIAMETER

5/8” dia

3/4” dia

25’ 50’ 75’ 100’

10-34025 10-34050 10-34075 10-34100

1” DIAMETER

(has 1” NPT threaded connections)

watering hoses

50’ 10-10050 100’ 10-10100

2 1

40 lb 19-1282- 41 lb 19-1286-

1” dia

Heavy-Duty Flexogen Golf Course Quality Hose • Designed to withstand the high pressure surges that occur during golf course use • 800 psi burst strength • Great for everyday uses such as syringing greens and equipment cleaning • Abrasion resistant cover for added durability • Heavy-duty brass couplings • Constructed specifically to prevent coupling separation Size 3/4” x 75’ 3/4” x 100’

Model Number 28-34075 28-34100

Wt/ Catalog Cs Number 36 lb 19-1280- 23 lb 19-1281-

Contractor + Heavy Duty Hose • Premium five-ply construction • Tough abrasion resistance • Color: Gray • Dual reinforced kink resistance • Excellent pressure capacity • Extra heavy-duty, crush resistant couplings • Heavy-duty rubber/vinyl reinforced

PC-1 PC-2 Each Case of 2 $— $— — —

Model Qty/ Wt/ Catalog Size Number Cs Cs Number 5/8” x 50’ CG58050 5 40 lb 19-1317- 3/4” x 50’ CG34050 5 53 lb 19-1319- 3/4” x 75’ CG34075 3 48 lb 19-1320- 3/4” x 100’ CG34100 2 42 lb 19-1321-

PC-1 Each $ — — — —

PC-2 Case $— — — —

Commercial Duty A rugged commercial quality hose constructed for heavy duty use. An excellent hose for construction applications, parks, garages, golf courses, etc. Designed for hot water use. Tough E.P.D.M. cover provides maximum abrasion resistance, withstands crushing by heavy equipment. Double-braided reinforcement with free flow inner core. Length Model 3/4” x 50’ CD34050

334

Good low temperature flexibility. Heavy duty solid brass couplings. Standard hose bibb couplings on 3⁄4” diameter hose. 1” diameter hose has 1” NPT female swivel by 1” NPT male coupling. Machined 1” coupling on 1” ID hose. 150 psi working pressure, 600 psi bursting pressure.

Wt/ Catalog PC-1 Case Number Each 30 lb 19-1340- $ —

800-325-3055

PC-2 Case of 2 $—

www.hummert.com

Soaker Hose

®

• The SWAN SOAKER HOSE saves up to 70% of water usage by putting the water where it is needed • Patented water restrictor controls flow • Water “weeps” from holes to provide a slow soaking to roots • Made from 50% recycled rubber

The Treegator original slow release watering bags achieve 100% water absorption, reduce transplant shock, and reduce your time spent at a tree by 80%, with two different models to choose from.

Model Qty/ Catalog PC-1 Number Size Case Number Each UER12025 1/2” x 25’ 10 19-1371- $ — UER12050 1/2” x 50’ 7 19-1372- — UER12075 1/2” x 75’ 5 19-1373- —

PC-2 Case $— — — TG20

Water Weeper Soft Soaking Hose

Original 20 galLon model

• Filled dimensions: 30” T x 18” W base

Junior PRO 15 galLON model

50’ Flat Weeper/Soaker Hose

$— —

• Size: 20 gallon • Drain Rate: 5-8 hours • Can water 1-5” diameter trees. Single bag for 1-3” and double for larger trees • Dimensions: 31” x 34” 53-5700-1 Each 53-5700-2 Case of 12

soakers & treegators

• Can be used with water soluble fertilizers

Model Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Size Number Each Case of 6 27058025 5/8” x 25’ 19-1294- $ — $ — 27058050 5/8” x 50’ 19-1295- — —

19-1292-1 Each 19-1292-2 Case of 12

TG20

• Fit 1”- 8” diameter trees • Softens dry soil for digging • 5-9 hour drip time • Can be used on top of B&B stock • Can be used as single or double bag setup • Reduces watering frequency 50%

• Provides gentle, even soaking as water “weeps” through thousands of pores • For precise watering around plants and beside flower beds • Saves water by reducing evaporation and targeting specific areas that need to be watered • Use above ground or buried • Weather and wear resistant 100% recycled vinyl • Durable brass couplings • 3⁄4” Female hose swivel one end and 3⁄4” Male hose with cap on other end allowing multiple connections

• Very efficient watering less waste and reduced evaporation • Best performance with low water pressure • Gentle, even watering for new plantings • Flexible and easy to handle • 5/8” x 50’

TG15

TG15

• 5-8 hour drip time • Great for trees, evergreens or shrubs with low branches • Fits 1”- 6” diameter trees • Low visibility while in use • Can be use with water soluble fertilizers • Dual emitter system • Filled dimensions: 35” W x 6” T Weight/ Catalog uantity Q lbs Number Original - Green - 20 gallon Each 1 70-2880-9 10/pkg 11 19-1890-1 3x10/pkg 33 19-1890-2 * 600/pallet 520 19-1891-1 Junior PRO - Brown - 15 gallon Each 1.5 70-2881-9 10/pkg 21 19-1895-1 3x 10/pkg 63 19-1895-2 * 540/pallet 790 19-1896-1

Price $— — — — $ — — — —

*

• Made of heavy duty green coated woven polypropylene fabric with UV stabilization, nylon webbing, poly straps and black nylon zippers • Micro-perforated release points along the bottom seams for a slow drip

$— —

800-325-3055

www.hummert.com

335

Professional Garden Hose Reels 2-Wheel Hose Reel Cart Rugged Construction

Leak-Proof, Brass Swivel

Extreme-duty, powder coat paint resists fading and provides years of weather resistant protection. The neutral ‘Spartan Bronze’ color looks great anywhere.

The exclusive and revolutionary design of this solid brass swivel features 3/4” flow capacity with no leaks.

Comfort-Grip Crank

Cam-Lever Brake

This solid, full-palm design spins freely on a stainless steel shaft for effortless rewinding. Made from a highimpact material, it’s virtually unbreakable.

When you stop pulling out the hose, this innovative brake keeps the reel from unspooling more hose. The brake’s tension is adjustable and easily turned ON and OFF with the flick of a finger.

Flat-Free Tires Eliminates the frustration of flat tires for good! Large, foam-filled, 10” rubber tires provide smooth and easy mobility.

professional hose reels

Commercial-Duty Inlet Hose Reinforced tube and cover made from durable polyurethane. Stays flexible -40°F to 165°F, and won’t crack or get brittle. Crush-proof, nickel-plated heavy brass fittings. Rated up to 160 psi

Convert Your Cart

— SPECIFICATIONS — Size: 361/2” Tall x 251/2” Wide

Optional Cart Kits

2-Wheel Hose Reel Cart

Quad-Wheel Kit

225’ Capacity Wagon Reel Purchase both kits to convert the cart from 150’ capacity, 2-wheel into a 225’ capacity, 4-wheel cart.

Converts the 2-wheel cart reel into a 4-wheel wagon reel. The cart's front bumper is replaced by a new bumper to accom­modates the two additional tires. Kit includes cast aluminum bumper, 2 flat-free tires and all necessary hardware

5/8“ hose capacity . . . . . . . . . 150 ft 3/4“ hose capacity . . . . . . . . . 100 ft Maximum pressure . . . . . . . 150 psi Maximum temperature . . . . . 140° F Shipping weight . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 lbs

Extra-Capacity Kit By widening the center drum with a ”spacer”, the kit increases the cart reel’s 5/8” hose capacity to 225’ and 3/4” capacity to 175’.

Wall-Mount Hose Reel

19-5750-1

$—

Quad-Wheel Expansion Kit 19-5755-1

$—

Extra Hose Capacity Kit 19-5756-1

Perpendicular Mount

$—

Parallel Mount

One Reel with 4 Versatile Mounting Options

Regardless of the location of the water faucet, or preference for either left- or right-handed operation, this revolutionary design lets assembly be either a PARALLEL or PERPENDICULAR configuration that best meets your specific wall-mounted needs. Purchase the extra capacity kit (above) to convert from 150’ capacity to 225’!

19-5760-1

336

$—

— SPECIFICATIONS — 5/8“ hose capacity . . . . . . . . . 150 ft 3/4“ hose capacity . . . . . . . . . 100 ft Maximum pressure . . . . . . . 150 psi Maximum temperature . . . . . 140° F Shipping weight . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 lbs

800-325-3055

Right Hand Operation

Right Hand Operation

This configuration pulls the hose out STRAIGHT AWAY from the wall, and is set up for RIGHT-HANDED (or clockwise) rewinding.

This configuration pulls the hose out along the wall to the LEFT and is set up for RIGHT-HANDED (or clockwise) rewinding.

Left Hand Operation

Left Hand Operation

This configuration pulls the hose out STRAIGHT AWAY from the wall, and is set up for LEFT-HANDED (or counter clockwise) rewinding.

This configuration pulls the hose out along the wall to the RIGHT and is set up for RIGHT-HANDED (or clockwise) rewinding.

www.hummert.com

Heavy Duty Hose Reels • These heavy duty industrial grade carts are designed for the professional user • Ideal for grounds maintenance, greenhouse or nursery • Each reel comes with a heavy duty hand crank to expedite hose retrieval

Model 870 – 5/8” Hose

Model 870 872 880 1180

Model 872 – 5/8” Hose

Model 880 – 5/8” Hose

• 10” pneumatic wheels • 5’ inlet hose • Large wire basket for holding tools, nozzles, etc

• 14” semi-pneumatic wheels • 5’ inlet hose • Large wire basket for holding tools, nozzles, etc

Weight/ Hose lbs Capacity 64 5/8” x 300’ 55 5/8” x 350’ 57 5/8” x 300’ 57 1” x 200’

Catalog Number 19-5605-1 19-5614-1 19-5610-1 19-5612-1

Price $— — — —

Steel Wall Mount Reel

Industrial grade wall reel is heavy weight and durable. It is constructed of 13 gauge steel with high speed spun reel ends. • Holds up to 200’ of 5/8” hose • 5’ inlet hose included • All brass and galvanized fittings • Shipping weight 32 lbs 19-5620-1 $— • Model 703-2

Model 1180 – 1” Hose • 14” semi-pneumatic wheels • 7’ inlet hose

Free-Standing Hose Reel • Designed for applications where mounting on a wall is not practical • Portable and can be placed anywhere near a faucet or away with another hose to link both • Made of high grade aluminum alloy • A solid, non-tip 19” x 19” base is equipped with 4 no-slip rubber feet for added protection and stability Hose and nozzle not included • Stands 20" tall • 5’ x 5/8” inlet hose for connecting to faucet • Hose capacity of 5/8" is 150' and 3/4" is 100' with pressure rating up to 150 psi • Convert from 150’ capacity to 225’ by purchasing extra base capacity on previous page • Weight, 23 lbs • Model 1042 19-5765-1 $—

PRICES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE While the prices listed are always current at the time of publication, they do change over the time frame of our catalog. To alleviate any problems this may cause, please call for current pricing or visit our website

As illustrated above, the design allows either right or left-handed operation

800-325-3055

www.hummert.com

337

heavy duty hose reels

• 10” pneumatic wheels • 5’ inlet hose

• Shipped knocked down, assembles in less than 15 minutes • Durable powder coated finish on 13 gauge steel construction • Solid hose spool center construction • All brass/galvanized fixtures • Designed with a low center of gravity to prevent tipping

Heavy Duty Water Hose Reels • Keeps hose clean, neat and out of the way between use • Completely portable reel will hold 3/8” to 1” water hose or spray hose • Inlet is a 90° ball bearing swivel joint with a female garden hose thread and outlet is female garden hose thread • An adjustable spring drag device is used to brake the reel • Removable steel handbar

• Model 1200 will handle pressures up to 1000 psi at -40ºF to 250ºF Model 1100 will handle up to 3000 psi at 20ºF to 400ºF • Equipped with steel handle, steel front legs • Model 1100 has rubber tires, Model 1200 has pneumatic tires • Standard finish is green enamel • Assembly required • Includes 5’ lead hose and 3/4” garden hose fittings

HOSE CAPACITY OF REEL Model ID: 3/8” 1/2” 5/8” 3/4” 1” Size Weight Catalog Number OD: 5/8” 3/4” 7/8” 1-1/8” 1-3/8” L x W x H /lbs Number GH1100 275’ 175’ 125’ — — 21” x 25” x 39” 47 19-5529-1 GHAT1200 — 350’ 250’ 150’ 100’ 23” x 26.5” x 40” 86 19-5530-1

Spring Rewind Hose Reels

SHIPPED FOB:

hose reels

Model Number N816-23-24J

Hose ID: 3⁄8” Size L x W x H OD: 3⁄4” 24” x 15” x 24” —

• N series reels have a narrow frame and compact mounting base • Hannay spring reels can be installed over­ head, on a wall, in a cabinet, or on the floor because the rewind power is self-contained • Standard finish is green enamel • Includes 5’ lead hose and 3/4” garden hose fittings Capacity 5 ⁄8” 3⁄4” 1” 7 ⁄8” 19⁄32” 19⁄16” — 50’ 25’

Approximate Model 816-23-24J Net: 87 lbs Ship: 122 lbs Weight:

SHIPPED FOB: New York

Catalog Number 19-5545-1

New York

For a manual crank hose reel see series 4000 on page 107

For Out-of-the-Way Storage of Watering Hose • Hannay’s spring rewind reels are designed to make watering jobs safer and easier by eliminating kinks, damage, and tangles Their reels prevent wear and tear on the hose while making operations more productive • Specify hose size, interior dimension (I.D.) and length when ordering • Specify roller position when ordering

Price $— —

Price $—

Available Roller Positions

SR (STD)

VR (OPT)

All reels are custom built No cancellations

TR (OPT)

Hose Box and Hose Reels

2398820 Hose Box

Hose BOX

2386275NL Hose Reel Cart

Hose Reel Cart

• All-poly construction to provide years of service • The hose reel features the Ames NeverLeak® aluminum water system • Manual hose guide winds hose quickly and evenly • Holds up to 175’ of 5/8” hose • Easy-Spin crank handle

• Fully assembled • Utility tray in base included • 4-1/2’ leader hose • Quick-connect system • Large 7” wheels • Holds 250’ x 5⁄8” hose • Handle with nozzle and hose notches • 23” L x 21” W x 24” H





19-5548-1

338

$—

19-5552-1

800-325-3055

$—

2388110 ReelEasy Portable Hose Cassette

2388310 18” ReelEasy Narrow Profile

REEL EASY PORTABLE HOSE CASSETTE

18” Reeleasy Narrow Profile – Sidemount

• Easy to carry and store • 60’ of 1/2” hose included • Fully assembled • 7 year warranty • Can also be mounted to a wall • Convenient handle for easy transport • 17” L x 8.5” W x 19” H

• Convenient, molded-in hose guide with 180° arc • 4’ leader hose provided with brass coupling • 5/8” hose capacity, 100’ • Convenient molded clip holds hose end or towel





19-5564-1

$—

19-5566-1

$—

www.hummert.com

Wall Mount Hose Hanger Deluxe

Free Standing Hose Hangers

• Unique design allows hose to hang without any sharp edges • Thick gauge steel and heavy-duty bracing stand up to heavy usage without sagging • Design allows the hose to be hung neatly • Holds up to 100 feet of 5/8” hose • Dimensions: 7” x 13” x 7” 19-5110-1 Each 19-5110-2 Case of 12

Free Standing Hose Hanger with Faucet

Free Standing Hose Hanger

$— —

Wall Mount Hose Butler

Free Standing Hose Hanger with Faucet • 44” tall x 10” wide 19-5112-1 Each 19-5112-2 Case of 2

$— —

19-5114-1 Each 19-5114-2 Case of 2 Hose Bib Extender • 31” tall

Made of polypropylene and impervious to rust. Slotted shelf for hanging small garden tools, nozzles and hose end accessories. Holds up to 100’ of 1/2” hose. Excellent for growth chambers!

19-5105-1 Each 19-5105-2 Case of 4

Each Case of 12

Hose Bib Extender

Free Standing Hose Hanger • 44” tall x 10” wide

10” Plastic Hose Hanger

19-1485-1 19-1485-2

$ — —

hose hangers and rain gauges

• Durable 12 gauge steel construction • Unique double flange on hanger prevents the usual kinking from one flange when using longer and larger diameter hose • Powder coated for rust resistance • Capacity holds up to 125’ of 5/8” hose • Mounts easily with 19-5625-1 Each key slot holes 19-5625-2 Case of 12

$ — —

$ — —

Suggested Installation: Dig hole at least 8” deep, center hanger. Add quick-setting concrete and allow to harden according to instructions.

$— —

Rain Gauges Tru-Chek Rain Gauge • Accurately measures .01 to 6 inches of rainfall, equipped with aluminum bracket for easy installation Funnel Rain Gauge – Model K140 • 8” long including 2.5” spike • 4” diameter at top; measures in inches and millimeters Rain Gauge With Thermometer – Model 2704 • Easy-to-read rain gauge measures up to 5” • Thermometer range is -40° to 120° F and -40° to 50° C • Metal poles (12” each) assembles up to 48” for easy viewing EZ View Rain Gauge • New linear design that magnifies the rain measurement with bold numbers for easy calibration, bracket mounts to any flat surface EZ Read Rain Gauge • Brilliant colors and jumbo-sized for easy reading up to 50 feet away, funnel is constructed to prevent debris from entering • Specially calibrated to insure accuracy, easy to install, mounting bracket included

800-325-3055

Tru-Chek

K140 Funnel Gauge

2704 Rain Gauge/Therm

EZ View

Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Description Case Number Each Case Tru-Chek 12 65-6760- $ — $— Funnel Gauge 10 65-6775- — — Rain Gauge/Thermometer 4 65-6779- — — EZ View 12 65-6776- — — EWZ Read 12 65-6772- — —

www.hummert.com

EZ Read

339

Color Storm Sprinklers • Each of the turret and oscillating sprinklers are available in six colors: red, orange, yellow, green, blue and berry

Turret Sprinkler

• Please note: Colors will be randomly filled, unless purchased by the case which will be assorted colors

Oscillating Sprinkler

• Nine water patterns supply maximum functionality • Heavy duty metal base • Molded hook for convenient display and storage

9 - Pattern Turret Sprinkler Large Circle — Pop-Up Spinner

10’ each direction = 20’ circle

Outer Ring Sprinkler

• • • •

13’ each direction = 26’ circle

Small Circle

13’ each direction = 26’ circle

Half Circle

Reengineered drive system for longer life Newly designed housing for increased stability Enlarged pattern controls for ease of adjustment Variable settings allow coverage up to 3,036 sq ft (66 ft x 46 ft)

16’

Rectangle

7’ x 42’

N arrow Rectangle

7’ x 54’

oscillating sprinklers

Square

12’ each direction. 24’ x 24’ square

Half Square

18’ x 20’

Rounded Squa re

12’ each direction. 24’ x 24’

65-4535-1 Each 65-4535-2 Case of 6

$— —

65-4530-1 Each 65-4530-2 Case of 6

$— —

Turbo-Heart Oscillating Sprinklers

MODEL 50900

MODEL 50910

MODEL 50920

• Economical sprinkler with a medium coverage area • Rectangular spray pattern up to 2,250 sq ft • Plastic spray tube with impact resistant plastic base and plastic easy swivel coupling • With TURBO-HEART controls

• Rectangular spray pattern up to 3,000 sq ft • Impact resistant plastic base and curved aluminum spray tube with plastic easy swivel coupling • 17 plastic precision jets • TURBO-HEART puts the water where you want it

• Rectangular spray pattern up to 3,500 sq ft • Heavy-duty metal base and curved anodized aluminum spray tube with metal easy swivel coupling • 19 brass precision jets • Brass swivel couplings with TURBO-HEART controls

TURBO-HEART OSCILLATING SPRINKLERS are named for the distinctive heart-shaped cam that forces the sprinkler to change directions without puddling at either end. They have a powerful turbine drive motor mechanism and DIAL-A-RAIN 59 position coverage area adjustment dial.

Turbo-Heart Cam Turbine-type Motor

340

800-325-3055

59 Position Dial

Wt/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Model Case Number Each Case of 6 50900 7 lb 19-5126- $ — $— 50910 6 lb 19-5127- — — 50920 17 lb 19-5128- — —

www.hummert.com

Oscillating Sprinklers Large Oscillating Sprinkler Metal Spray Tube

Pattern Master Oscillating Sprinklers Flexible spray tube allows maximum adjustment for precise watering patterns with narrow to wide coverage. The perfect sprinkler for watering hillsides evenly.

7900MP Pattern Master Metal Sprinkler 7900PP Pattern Master Polymer Sprinkler

• Coverage up to 4,000 sq ft • Heavy duty polymer base • Metal spray tube with 19 metal jets • Easy to use rotation dials 19-5157-1 Each 19-5157-2 Case of 6

$— —

Contour Master Sprinkler

Model Description 7900MP Each Case of 4 7900PP Each Case of 6

Catalog Number 19-5160-1 19-5160-2 19-5159-1 19-5159-2

Price $— — — —

Polymer Head on Poly Sled Base

• The large size, 10-1/2” diameter, provides stability and allows the pulsating sprinkler to cover a 90 ft diameter • The patented water saving 12 position contour ring allows you to adjust the distance of spray to the shape of your area • Built-in automatic speed control provides even water coverage 19-5255-1 Each 19-5255-2 Case of 4

$— —

Nelson Pulsating Sprinkler • Circular spray pattern up to 85’ diameter • Durable metal impulse sprinkler head • Rezimar™ large weighted wheel base keeps the sprinkler in place while watering • Superior water flow with ergo swivel coupling

Model 50260

19-5122-1 Each 19-5122-2 Case of 4

800-325-3055

$— —

• Water coverage up to 5,800 sq ft (86 ft diameter) • Provides full or partial coverage • Patented impulse arm saves water by eliminating back and side splash • Diffuser screw allows easy fingertip adjustment of water stream for even coverage • Impact resistant, rust resistant polymer and stainless steel construction 19-1812-1 Each 19-1812-2 Case of 6

$— —

Step Spike Sprinkler Stand The dual spikes provide a firm yet portable stand, lifting the sprinkle head 10” above the ground – above most types of ground covers. Great for rough or uneven terrain. • Fits 1/2” heads Model S-11 19-5121-1 19-5121-2

Each Case of 18

$— —

www.hummert.com

341

oscillating sprinklers

• Water coverage up to 4000 sq ft (8 ft to 59 ft) • Flexible spray tube bends up or down to set width of coverage • Spray pattern adjusts to fit most square or rectangular shapes. • Flip action dial adjusts watering pattern from left to right for full, partial and in between settings • Heavy-duty base in metal or polymer

Telescoping Tripod Sprinkler

• Tripod conveniently adjusts from 25” to 48” in height, and retracts to the smaller size for easy storage • Heavy-duty brass impact head easily adjusts from 25° to 360° and has a spraying distance of up to 100’ in diameter • Sturdy metal construction with weighted legs for added stability • Gooseneck attachment for easy hose connection

sprinklers

18-6631-1 18-6631-2

Each Case of 4

$— —

• A unique sprinkler that adjusts from a height of 23” to 35” • The sprinkler covers a 50’ diameter area • Flow through stake attaches to a standard garden hose • The foot step spike provides easy insertion into ground, and for in-line connection of multiple sprinklers with brass couplings and fittings • The top fitting is 1⁄2” female allowing Model 58288N for other sprinklers to be used

Each Case of 6

$— —

• 6 spray patterns: small, medium, large, vertical, flat or mist adjust from 25° up to 360° • Diameter from 15’ - 30’ depending on water pressure • Sprinkler is mounted on a zinc spike • Weight per case, 9 lbs Model 58573N 19-0662-1 19-0662-2

342

Each Case of 4

$— —

800-325-3055

1 - 11 12 & up 1 - 11 12 & up

19-5290-1 $— 19-5290-2 — 19-5292-1 — 19-5292-2 —

• The SPIDER stand has 5 legs for stability and stands 24” tall • It comes with either a 1/2” brass adjustable impact sprinkler head or the 1/2” Xcell Wobbler • The impact sprinkler covers a 28-30’ full or part circle • The Xcell Wobbler provides totally uniform coverage within a 28’ circle • The inlet is fitted for standard garden hose thread. Impact sprinkler Xcell Wobbler

H20 Six-Gear Drive Sprinkler



Impact sprinkler Xcell Wobbler

24” Spider Stands

Telescoping 3-Arm High Rise Sprinkler

19-0660-1 19-0660-2

36” Super-Stand Sprinkler • The 5 legged design provides a very stable base for impact sprinklers • The SUPER-STAND sprinkler is lightweight and easy to move • Pre-assembled and ready to water • Connects to standard garden hose • Legs fold for easy storage • Stands over plants without damage to growth • Available with either a 1/2” impact sprinkler head or a 1/2” Xcell Wobbler • The impact sprinkler covers a part or full from 34’ - 46’ diameter circle

1 - 11 12 & up 1 - 11 12 & up

19-5285-1 19-5285-2 19-5287-1 19-5287-2

$— — — —

14” MiniSpider Stands • The MINI-SPIDER stand has three legs and stands 14” tall • It comes with a MiniWobbler sprinkler head that covers a 22’ diameter circle • The compact design allows quick and easy movement to water other areas • Re-folds for easy storage after use • Connects to standard garden hose

19-5284-1 19-5284-2

1 - 11 12 & up

www.hummert.com

$— —

Impulse Sprinkler with Tripod Base • 50% more coverage for greater areas • Waters up to 8,500 sq ft (106’ diameter) • Trip levers for full or partial coverage with reversing full circle settings • Deflector dial to set distance • Diffuser screw allows for easy fingertip adjustment of water stream for even coverage • Three leg telescoping tripod reaches 58” tall • Tripod has spiked feet for added stability 9-5170-1 1 - 4 1 19-5170-2 5 & Up

1/2” Buckner Plastic Impact Sprinkler • 20° to 340° arc or full circle • Single nozzle with a 25° trajectory • Pressure: 25-60 psi • Flow: 3.5-5.6 gpm • Spacing: 33’-47’ • 1/2” male inlet MPT • Stream straightening vane built into nozzle • Anti-back splash drive arm with adjustable deflector plate and diffuser pin 1/2” PART or FULL CIRCLE • Stainless steel drive spring • Chemical resistant bearing seals 19-8815-1 1 - 24 19-8815-2 25 & Up

Model 199TRI

1/2” Plastic Impact Head

$— —

• Standard 1/2” MPT connection • Part or full circle adjustable coverage • Area coverage 20’-40’ • Brass weighted anti-backsplash arm for even rotation

Metal Spike Commercial Impulse Sprinkler

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Model Number Each Case of 6 167MMS 19-5055- $ — $—

3/4” Adjustable Brass Impact Head

Model 167MMS

Whiz Head

19-5057-1 19-5057-2

Flow Coverage GPM Diameter-ft 3.4 3.9 4.4

1-24 25 & Up

• Heavy duty impact sprinkler head • 3/4” MPT connection • Double brass 3/16” and 3/32” nozzles • Coverage 25’-48’ radius 19-9210-1 19-9210-2

• Adjustable from full or part circle • Stainless steel arm spring, trip spring, trip collars and trip pin

Each Case of 6

Model 55016

$— —

1/2” Adjustable Metal Spray Head

• Operates upright or inverted position • Covers up to a 40’ diameter area • Constructed of impact and corrosionresistant plastic • 1/2 FIP inlet

30 40 50

Model 55024

$— —

sprinklers

19-9200-1 Each 19-9200-2 Case of 12

• Water coverage up to 5,800 sq ft (86’ diameter) • Provides full or partial coverage • Impulse arm saves water by eliminating back and side splash • Diffuser screw allows easy fingertip adjustment of water stream for even coverage • Triple spike provides greater stability with greater water pressure

Pressure psi

$— —

40 40 40

$— —

PRICES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE While the prices listed are always current at the time of publication, they do change over the time frame of our catalog. To alleviate any problems this may cause, please call for current pricing or visit our website

• Water coverage is up to 5,800 sq ft (86’ in diameter) • Provides partial or full coverage • Diffuser screw allows easy fingertip adjustment of water stream for even coverage • Brass and zinc construction 19-9267-1 19-9267-2

Each Case of 6

Model 167H

3/4” Brass Impact Sprinkler • Wide no-tip sturdy metal base • Water coverage from 25’-45’ radius with adjustable full to partial circle • Stainless steel parts throughout • Weight, 13 lbs 19-9216-1 Each 19-9216-2 Case of 2

800-325-3055

$— —

Model 58643

$— —

www.hummert.com

343

Manufacturing Professional Sprinklers Since 1912 Brass Impact Sprinklers, Designed for Years of Use in the Greenhouse, Nursery, Turf and Agricultural Industry SPECIFICATIONS FOR BUCKNER BRASS IMPACT SPRINKLERS: • Solid brass construction • Stainless steel drive spring • Solid brass nozzles • Anti-back splash drive arm with adjustable deflector plate and diffuser pin 1/2” PART or FULL CIRCLE

1/2” FULL CIRCLE

rotating sprinklers

• Single nozzle, with a 23° trajectory • 1/2” male inlet MPT • 1/8” Nozzle • Pressure: 25 - 60 psi • Flow: 1.3 - 5.5 gpm • Spacing: 33’ - 44’

• 20° to 340° arc or full circle • Single nozzle with 25° trajectory • 1/2” male inlet MPT • 3/8” Nozzle • Pressure: 25 - 55 psi • Flow: 3.5 - 5.4 gpm • Spacing: 35’ - 48’

50 psi Size Description Dia GPM 1/2” Full Circle 79’ 3.1 1/2” Part/Full Circle 94’ 5.2 3/4” Full Circle 100’ 10.4 3/4” Part/Full Circle 94’ 14.4 1” Full Circle 144’ 18.5 1” Part/Full Circle 120’ 18.3

• Dual nozzles with a 25° trajectory • 3/4” male inlet MPT • 3/16” drive nozzle and 1/8” range nozzle • Pressure: 35 - 80 psi • Flow: 2.5 - 15.7 gpm • Spacing: 40’ - 60’

• 20° to 340° arc or full circle • Dual nozzle with a 25° trajectory • 3/4” male inlet MPT • 3/16” drive nozzle and3/32” range

1” PART or FULL CIRCLE

nozzle • Pressure: 30 - 60 psi • Flow: 3.9 - 13.7 gpm • Spacing: 41’ - 50’

• Dual nozzles with a 23° trajectory • 1” male inlet MPT • 9/32” drive nozzle and 1/8” range nozzle • Pressure: 40 - 80 psi • Flow: 14.6 - 46.6 gpm • Spacing: 47’ - 80’

MEGANET™ Rotating Impact Sprinkler • 1/2“ male connection can be installed on a PVC riser or a sprinkler stand • Recommended operating pressure is 29 – 45 psi for best results • Perfectly balanced sprinkler with two equal water jets to prevent wobble • Excellent uniform distribution when watering • Robust design keeps working parts enclosed when not in use to prevent insect penetration and protection of internal parts • Each unit has an individual filter for nozzle cleanliness and to simplify cleaning

Catalog PC - 1 PC - 2 Number 1 - 11 12 & up 19-8810- $ — $— 19-8812- — — 19-8820- — — 19-8825- — — 19-8830- — — 19-8835- — —

1” FULL CIRCLE

3/4” PART or FULL CIRCLE

3/4” FULL CIRCLE

• Chemical resistant bearing seals promote for longer lifespan • Stream straightening vane standard

• 20° to 340° arc or full circle • Dual nozzles with a 23° trajectory • 1” male inlet MPT • 9/32” drive nozzle and 1/8” range nozzle • Pressure: 35 - 100 psi • Flow: 7.8 - 44 gpm • Spacing: 49’ - 77’

Use with sprinkler stand on page 275 to connect to poly tubing • UV protected materials are durable in all climates and are resistant to fertilizers and chemicals • Each MegaNet is color-coded for easy identification of flow rate and color-coded locking pin denotes trajectory angle: Black = high 24º and Grey = Low 15º

Distance Spacing Between Rows Nominal Between Color Flow Sprinklers 16’ 22’ 28’

APPLICATIONS:

• Open Field Nurseries • Vegetables and Open Field Crops • Germination and Frost Protection • Cooling Fruit Orchards Spacing Between Rows Catalog PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 Between Sprinklers 16’ 22’ 28’ Number 1 - 24 25 - 49 50 & up

LOW TRAJECTORY ANGLE - 15º PURPLE 1.10 gpm 10’ 97% 86% 92% 22’ 85% 79% 84% 19-6550- GREEN 1.54 gpm 10’ 94% 97% 95% 22’ 93% 94% 88% 19-6552- BLUE 1.98 gpm 10’ 95% 96% 88% 22’ 92% 92% 84% 19-6554- HIGH TRAJECTORY ANGLE - 24º YELLOW .88 gpm 16’ 93% 91% 82% 28’ 82% 85% 79% 19-6566- BROWN 2.42 gpm 16’ 98% 95% 91% 28’ 91% 90% 85% 19-6560- ORANGE 2.86 gpm 16’ 98% 95% 90% 28’ 90% 89% 84% 19-6562- RED 3.30 gpm 16’ 98% 96% 91% 28’ 91% 90% 86% 19-6564- Percentages represent uniformity for sprinklers placed in a square pattern

344

800-325-3055

$ — — —

$ — — —

$— — —

$ — — — —

$ — — — —

$— — — —

www.hummert.com

Xcel Wobbler

Roller Sprinkler Base The Standard in Turf Irrigation

®

A totally unique concept to maximize the distribution of our most valuable natural resource • The Xcel Wobbler has only one moving part • Built for strength and durability using high-impact engineeringgrade thermoplastics, with no metal parts • Minimum recommended riser height is 1.5’ Nozzle Color

• Unique off-center rotary action provides uniform coverage throughout at low pressures, to prevent wind drift and evaporative loss • Unlike impact sprinklers, the Wobbler design is more stable on any given riser or tripod

Flow @ Dia (ft) Catalog 20 psi Coverage Number

• The 22” wide coated aluminum roller provides a stable field position for supplemental watering Impact head sold separately • Excellent for portability for watering dry spots and newly seeded areas • Rugged and durable, they are designed for years of hard use for any irrigation needs • The 22” model has a 1” FHT inlet and will accept 1” MPT sprinklers

19-4264-1

$—

Heavy Duty Wire Sprinkler Base

PC - 1 PC-2 1-9 10 & up

1/2” MPT – Xcel Wobbler Gold #6 Gray #9 Red #12

1.1 gpm 2.5 gpm 4.6 gpm

18-5450- 18-5452- 18-5454-

$ — — —

$— — —

40.5’ 42.5’ 44.5’

18-5460- 18-5462- 18-5464-

$ — — —

$— — —

3/4” MPT – Xcel Wobbler Lime #7 1.5 gpm Turquoise #10 3.1 gpm White #13 5.4 gpm

Mini-Wobbler

®

• These are heavy duty bases made of powder coated steel for durability and weight • The extra wide base gives an extra measure of stability • Available in both 1/2” and 3/4” FPT outlets for sprinkler specific attachments • The 3/4” FHT swivel attaches to standard hose 1/2” FPT x 3/4” FHT 3/4” FPT x 3/4” FHT

1 - 11 12 & up 1 - 11 12 & up

19-5280-1 19-5280-2 19-5282-1 19-5282-2

$— — — —

Tripod Sprinklers & Riser Sprinklers

UPRIGHT

INVERTED

• A totally unique concept to • The droplet pattern from the maximize the distribution of Wobbler provides uniform our most valuable natural coverage throughout, to resource prevent wind drift and evaporative loss at low • The Xcel Wobbler has only one pressures moving part • Built for strength and durability • Unlike impact sprinklers, the Wobbler design is more stable using high-impact engineeringon any given riser or tripod grade thermoplastics, with no metal parts Nozzle Color

Flow @ *Dia (ft) Catalog PC - 1 PC-2 20 psi Coverage Number 1 - 24 25 & up

1/2” Upright Mini-Wobbler Light Blue #4 Gold #6 Lavender #8

.5 gpm 1.1 gpm 1.9 gpm

32.0’ 42.0’ 43.0’

18-5470- 18-5472- 18-5474-

$ — — —

$— — —

18-5480- 18-5482-

$ — —

$— —

1/2” MPT Inverted Mini-Wobbler Gold #6 Lavender #8

• The Riser Sprinklers are easy to move and easier to use • They are ideal for tall shrubs, fruit trees, large vegetables gardens and large lawns • Covers up to 2,000 sq ft • Does not clog - ideal for hard water • Gentle on seeds, seedlings and plants • Works with high and low water pressures (20-80 psi)

1.1 gpm 1.9 gpm

31.0’ 31.5‘

*At 3’ height

800-325-3055

• The Tripod Sprinkler is available in 36” and 72” • The Riser Sprinkler is available in 24” and 36” • Each with an adjustable spray diameter of 6-50’ Qty/ Catalog PC -1 Size Case Number Each

PC-2 Case

Tripod Sprinkler 36” 72”

6 6

19-5185- 19-5187-

$ — —

$— —

$ — —

$— —

Riser Sprinkler 24” 36”

12 12

19-5193- 19-5195-

The Sprinkler Made for Watering

www.hummert.com

345

sprinklers

38.5’ 42.0’ 44.5’

Watering Cans

Haws English Watering Cans Simply the BEST Watering Cans Made

• The 2, 5 and 7 liter watering cans come in assorted colors per case; red, orange, yellow, green, blue and berry. Colors will be randomly filled, unless purchased by the case, two of each color • The 10 liter comes in red and green and will be randomly filled, unless purchased by the case, 3 of each color

Model V100 7 Liter Model V1366 Galvanized steel painted Green

5 Liter

10 Liter

Model V1366 V100 V105

2 Liter

watering cans & sprinklers

2 LITER – 10-12440

Unique spout design and excellent balance, perfect for indoor use. Made from high-grade durable plastic. Assorted colors only.

5 LITER – 10-12450

High quality injection molded plastic. Has an extra long spout with a detachable plastic rose nozzle. Assorted colors only. Made in the USA.

7 LITER – 10-12430

Designed for and used by professional growers for years. Excellent for indoor and outdoor use. Detachable plastic rosette nozzle. Assorted colors only.

10 LITER – 10-12363

Superb Swiss design and balance. Engineered for years of use and durability. A detachable angle spout ensures that plants receive water where you want it. Used widely by interior plantscape people. Red or green.

Model Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Number Size Case Number Each Case 10-12440R 2 liter 12 19-2902- $ — $ — 10-12450R 5 liter 12 19-2909- — — 10-12430R 7 liter 12 19-2901- — — 10-12363R 10 liter 6 19-2905- — —

Tripod Sprinkler Stand • Heavy duty, ultra sturdy, 36” tall stand for any 1/2” impulse sprinkler • “T” fitting allows two or more units to be connected on the same line • Comes knocked down • Order impact heads separately • Weight is 7 lbs 19-5175-1 19-5175-2

1 - 4 5 & Up

Model V100 & V105 Plastic outdoor watering cans, with smaller opening; won’t spill out when watering

$— —

Spike & Foot Push Sprinklers • The Riser Sprinklers are easy to move and easier to use • Covers up to 2,000 sq ft

• Works PC -1 PC-2 with high Each Case of 12 and low Spike Sprinkler - 12” water 19-0172- $ — $— pressures Foot Push Sprinkler - 15” (20-80 psi) 19-0174- $ — $—

Model V105

Size Wt/ Gal/ Ltr Case 2.0 / 8.0 2 lbs 1.3 / 4.5 6 lbs 1.8 / 6.8 5 lbs

Catalog Number 19-2910- 19-2915- 19-2920-

Plasterra Watering Can Large offset fill opening is easy to fill from spigot/sink. Water level indicators in both liters and gallon increments allow accurate mixing of fertilizers. Long, drip resistant spout. Two gallon model comes with adjustable rosette that provides different watering patterns.

PC-1 PC-2 Each Case of 2 $ — $— — — — —

Rosette included with 2 gallon model only

Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Size Color Case Number Each Case 2 gallon Clay 8 65-6895- $ — $ — 1 gallon Clay 6 65-6897- — — 2 gallon Green 8 65-6896- — — 1 gallon Green 6 65-6899- — —

Galvanized Metal Sprinkling Can The Most Popular Sprinkling Can for Decades Made of galvanized steel to prevent corrosion and rusting. The openings at the top are large to make it convenient to pour fertilizer solutions or other chemicals without spilling. The combination of the top-mounted bail handle and side-mounted grip give control in dispensing liquid contents. This model comes with a painted steel “rose sprinkling head” to provide a gentle flow when watering.

Catalog Number

346

800-325-3055

Size 8 quart

Wt/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Case Number Each Case of 4 12 lbs 65-6880- $ — $ —

www.hummert.com

Gulp™ Ultra Pumps

Deep Drip™

Water Removal Suction Pumps

Tree Watering Stakes Deep Drip Stakes provide a solution for water and fertilizer to reach the deep root system where it’s needed

• Whether there is a need for removing water from a water garden, tank, valve box, fountain, pipe repair, or low lying area, the GULP PUMPS can do the job. • All the GULP PUMPS are constructed with heavy-duty corrosion-proof materials and the pumps are selfpriming and easy to clean.

Gulp Syringe Ultra

• Deep Drip stakes come in two sizes designed to be used in conjunction with manual or automatic watering • The 24.5” is best for most tree varieties except for palms and other deeper rooted trees, which will benefit from the longer 36” stakes

standard emitters

Gulp Utlra Max

SUGGESTION: Use the root irrigator (see below) to make a hole in the soil to insert the Deep Drip stakes should they be installed after the initial planting

Big Gulp Ultra Max

24.5” 36”

GULP™ ULTRA MAX • 8 gallons per minute, 21” tall with 18” outlet hose

Each 19-1922-1 Case of 25 19-1922-2 Each 19-1924-1 Case of 25 19-1924-2

$— — — —

Whether in a greenhouse, nursery or athletic field, irrigation management saves water

GULP™ SYRINGE ULTRA • 12 oz per stroke with a 12” pump chamber and an 8” outlet tube

Deep Root Irrigators

BIG GULP™ ULTRA MAX • 12+ gallons per minute, 36” tall • Two models available; one with a 36” outlet hose, the other with a 72” outlet hose, both x 1-1/2” Gulp Ultra Max 19-4270-1 Gulp Syringe Ultra 19-4272-1 Big Gulp Ultra Max 19-4274-1 With 36” Outlet Big Gulp Ultra Max 19-4275-1 With 72” Outlet

Mist-N-Pour™ sprayer • Large 2 liter or 2+ quart capacity • Measures in both ounces and liters • Battery powered (2 AA batteries are included)

06-5102-1 06-5102-2

Each Case of 10

800-325-3055

(A) GREEN LINE ROOT IRRIGATOR

• Used for the occasional deep watering of trees, shrubs, or large containers • 39” tall, with a single hand foam grip • Connects to a 3/4” standard hose

$— — — —

B

19-5120-1 19-5120-2

Each Case of 6

$— —

(B) DEEP ROOT IRRIGATOR – Professional

• Can be used as a watering can or



A

$— —

• Designed for commercial use in deep watering of trees, shrubs, or large containers • Great for drilling holes in soil around tree perimeter to apply fertilizer or chemicals • 37” tall, with a dual-hand foam grip • Connects to a 3/4” standard hose 19-5116-1 19-5116-2

Each Case of 4

www.hummert.com

$— —

347

Gulp ultra pumps & deep irrigators

with deep drip

Rain Train – Traveling Sprinkler

The Tracker™

traveling sprinkler & water brooms

An economical solution for supplementing seasonal watering needs from 1/4 to 2 acres

• Adjustable speed control from 20’ to 70’ per hour • 360’ nylon cable provides maximum irrigated length of 400’ • Fitted with an impulse sprinkler for full or part circle at 8-15 gpm • 2 sprinkler nozzles are supplied with the tracker to accommodate varying watering equipment • Passing width from 70’ - 85’ • Automatic shut-off at end of pass • Precision German engineering, with high quality components with water turbine drive and gear box • 1” hose not included • Included are 1” brass quick-connect male and female adapters • Size: 33” L x 22” W x 22” H • Shipping Weight 90 lbs 19-4230-1 $—

Heavy Duty Water Broom

Model 1865 • Supplied with automatic shut-off ramp which shuts down Rain Train when the stopper is pushed up as it travels over the ramp as pictured • Adjustable aluminum arms allow coverage width from 15’ to 55’ • Coverage: 13,500 sq ft • Travels up to 200’ • Powerful 3-speed transmission gives continuous motion in high and low or neutral for stationary use • Rust-resistant cast-iron body with chip resistant paint • Follows hose pattern along path, even around corners • Patented rear wheel cleats give traction for climbing hills Average travel speed feet per 5/8” Hose Maximum hour travel diameter length High Low gear gear max max Standard Traveler

200’

37’

21’

• Hose not included • Shipping wt 21 lbs 19-5135-1

Approximate water application

$—

Area Coverage

High gear

Low Max gear width

1/4”

1/2”

55’

Max sq ft

Effective Effective width sq ft

13,500

54’

11,900

Jet Blast Water Broom 48” Wide

Simply connect the water broom to a garden hose and clean a 36” path in 1/5 the time while using 1/10 the amount of water. All aluminum and brass construction with 7 threaded brass nozzles, brass on and off valve, and double ball bearing swivel casters. Great for greenhouse walls, driveways, parking lots or anywhere a hose is used for washing down. *Stainless steel water broom models for use with high pressure washers are also available on special order Water Broom C4-7AT 19-1880-1

$—

PRICES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE While the prices listed are always current at the time of publication, they do change over the time frame of our catalog. To alleviate any problems this may cause, please call for current pricing or visit our website at

This heavy-duty yet lightweight innovative aluminum tool does an excellent job of washing away dirt and grime. Hook it up to a water hose and and watch it blast dirt away. The 48” head is fitted with 12 high-pressure nozzles. It has caster roller wheels, an insulated pistol-grip garden hose type nozzle and heavy-duty brass fittings. Can be used with water up to 170º F. Intended for use with normal water pressure, not for use with high-pressure water systems. Model 46048

348

800-325-3055

53-1063-1

www.hummert.com

$—

Water Wagon 2-100 & 300 Gallon The best way to water trees, large city planters, animals or land­scaping projects is to use the Hummert Water Wagon. No longer will it be necessary to drag long hoses across yards – or worse yet buckets – to get water to its destination. The Water Wagon is available with either a gas engine or a 12-volt electric motor complete with deep cycle battery and charger. The pumps are rated up to 7–8.3 gallons per minute and up to 100 psi.

WW202-B with Hose Reel

Features

• Clear-view filter (unscrew and rinse screen to clean) • Sump tank • Quarter-turn drain valve • Greasable steering

Custom Sizes Available!

Model GPM/Power Wt/Lbs Catalog Price WW202-G* 7.0 / Gas 480 19-9551-1 $— WW202-B* 8.3 / 12 volt 515 19-9552-1 — WW300-G* 7.0 / Gas 520 19-9561-1 — WW300-B* 8.3 / 12 volt 555 19-9562-1 — Hose Reel w/100’ hose 79 19-9570-1 — Injector w/hose reel & 100’ hose 109 19-9574-1 — 25’ 5/8” Blue Ribbon hose* 5 19-9571-1 — 50’ 5/8” Blue Ribbon hose* 8 19-9572-1 — 100’ 5/8” Blue Ribbon hose* 16 19-9573-1 —

Hose Reel Optional • • • •

Injector Kit

Water Wagons come in 2 sizes: WW202 (two 100-gallon tanks and the valves required to run different solutions in each tank), or WW300 (one 300-gallon tank). Custom sizes available. Options include: Hose Reel with 100’ of 5/8” Blue Ribbon hose, Fertilizer Injector & Solution Tank, with hose reel and 100’ hose. Pre-made 25’, 50’ or 100’ of 5/8” Blue Ribbon hose; or the Size Specifications: 42” wide, 92” long (without tongue) – 140” long (with tongue)

Model WM-12

Standard Attachments

Optional Accessories

SHIPPED FOB: Model WM-18

Topeka, Kansas

800-325-3055

Hose Reel Fasteners 100’of 5/8” Blue Ribbon hose Connection hoses

Optional • Injector • 7-gallon tank • Hose reel • 100’ of 5/8” Blue Ribbon hose • Powder-coated frame • Connection hoses • Includes injector frame and bracket Water anytime, anywhere without stretching a long hose or even a water source. Ideal for use on interiorscapes, or in floral shops. The Water Mate is a lightweight composite pressurized water storage and dispensing system. Includes quick connect fittings to make refills a snap, simply place fittings between hydrant and your garden hose. To fill Water Mate, unsnap your hose and snap on Water Mate Hose, turn on water until pressure gauge stops moving, then turn off hydrant, and unsnap fitting (Water Mate valve has auto shutoff). Snap on the included Touch-N-Flow Wand and unit is ready to use. Includes 3 different water breakers, but any hose end accessories will work, (some

may require the optional Touch-NFlow valve, see page 324 for Dramm Watering accessories.) Features • Composite tank • 100 psi gauge • Removable small parts bag • 20’ clear 3/8” hose • Easy connect quick couplers • 16” coppersmith Touch-N-Flow • Dramm 400, 480 and 510C breakers • Sturdy metal frame • 10” rear wheels • 4” front swivel casters Truck ship only.

Model Capacity/Gallon @ 80 psi Wt/lbs Catalog WM-9 9 Water Mate 59 19-9500-1 WM-12 12 Water Mate 65 19-9505-1 WM-18 18 Water Mate 78 19-9510-1 WM-24 24 Water Mate 85 19-9515-1 Options 65-C Touch-N-Flow valve 1 19-1595-1 WMTT Tool tray 3 19-9520-1 WMLB Large bag (9.75” x 16”) 1 19-9522-1 WMCH Ultra 25’ coil hose 5 19-9524-1 WMCA Chemical solution mixer 2 19-9526-1

www.hummert.com

Price $— — — — $— — — — —

349

watering carts & wagons

2-100 Gallon 300 Gallon Optional *

WW300-G with 50’ Hose

For Professional Trouble Free Interior Watering A better way to water foliage plants and trees in commercial interiors. The Aqua-Mate is a pressurized, selfcontained, portable system. Each sealed tank receives a permanent pressure charge and works on captive air without motors or pumps. The tank valve inside allows your urban water pressure to compress the separate internal air chamber, which in turn pressurizes the water compartment

CAUTIONS:

when filled. The same valve maintains the permanent air charge even when the water is fully discharged. When connected to any hose thread faucet, the tank fills in 2-12 minutes, depending on tank capacity, and stops filling automatically. You never worry about overflowing or spills. Equipped with garden hose fittings for direct faucet connections and ease of operation.

• Avoid Water Pressure Above 100 psi • Avoid Water Temperature Above 100˚F • Avoid Electrical Contacts When In Use

interior watering system

Size Wheel Description Water Capacity Width x Height Diameter Model #2 9 gallon 18” x 35” 7” Model #3 12 gallon 18” x 42” 8” Model #4 20 gallon 25” x 40” 10” Model #5 28 gallon 28” x 47” 12” Model #6 40 gallon 28” x 54” 12”

Hose Size I.D. x Length Wt/lbs 3/8” x 12’ 43 3/8” x 15’ 50 3/8” x 15’ 95 3/8” x 15’ 125 3/8” x 18’ 145

Routing UPS UPS Truck Truck Truck

Catalog Number 19-9608-1 19-9610-1 19-9612-1 19-9615-1 19-9616-1

Price $— — — — —

Included with each Aqua-Mate: Washable trash bag w/supply pockets • 3 bubbler, misting and spray heads • Variable flow wand valve 2 wand tubes (24” SWT and BWT) • Removable tray w/lid • Tray rack • 1 faucet adapter • Hose hook • Wand tube holder

Optional Accessories Wand Tubes

Hose Extension If the hose on your Aqua-Mate is not long enough to water an area, just add a hose extension for that extra reach.

Different sizes and configurations let you deliver water to a variety of places. SWT model is the slight bend tube and BWT is the basket bend tube. All tubes are interchangeable and snap easily into place. 12” 24” 36” 12” 24” 36” 48” 60”

Slight bend wand tube Basket bend wand tube

19-9669-1 19-9670-1 19-9671-1 19-9686-1 19-9687-1 19-9688-1 19-9689-1 19-9690-1

Extension Tubes

$— — — — — — — —

4 lengths to further your watering capabilities. All tubes are interchangeable with the above mentioned wand tubes and snap easily together.

24” 36” 48” 60”



19-9682-1 19-9683-1 19-9684-1 19-9685-1

$— — — —

10’ 15’ 20’ Water pressure gauge

19-9640-1 $— 19-9641-1 — 19-9642-1 — 19-9636-1 —

Plant Food Filler Proportioner Allows you to fill your AquaMate with any water soluble additive including plant foods, water surfactants and insecticides. The one-piece bowl and large threads make for easy use. 20 oz 40 oz

19-9630-1 19-9629-1

$— —

Replacement Parts for Aqua-Mate

All products on this page are SHIPPED FOB: Liverpool, NY

350

800-325-3055

Wand valve – thumb style Premium wand valve Threaded faucet adapter Slip-on faucet adapter Soft spray head nozzle Bubbler head nozzle Misting head nozzle Replacement trash bag

19-9672-1 19-9674-1 19-9626-1 19-9627-1 19-9659-1 19-9660-1 19-9661-1 19-9691-1

$— — — — — — — —

www.hummert.com

Capillary Matting

™

Capillary mats have become increasingly popular among wholesale and retail growers of potted plants for their economy and efficiency. The grower can easily fit the mat or fabric to the bench, place the plant pots on it and devise a simple watering system to keep the fabric saturated. Labor savings are obvious with this remote control method of watering. Additional advantages include the elimination of leaf spotting which can occur when plants are watered from above. Also the plants tend to grow more uniformly in size and the maximum number of pots can be placed in a given area.

CapMat™ Installation 8" LOC SLEEVE ELL

16"

DRIP HOSE

LOC SLEEVE HEADER ADAPTER 4' WIDE BENCH — WITH 4' DISTRIBUTION KIT 8" LOC SLEEVE ELL

14"

LOC SLEEVE TEE

14"

DRIP HOSE

6' WIDE BENCH — WITH 6' DISTRIBUTION KIT

Major characteristics of CapMat non-woven fabric: • Lightweight and easy to handle • High strength, wet or dry • Resistance to shrinking • Resistance to rot, mildew and chemicals • Fabrics are easy to cut and do not fray • Highly absorbent, permitting water to wick rapidly to the roots of the plant by capillary action

• Reversible for longer life • Resilient, does not crush readily • Economical • Light gray color for excellent light reflection • Agribrom can be used for algae control and extending the life of CapMat installations • Custom sizes available on request – allow 4-6 weeks for delivery

Here are a few hints on setting up your bench: 1 For best results, the bench should be

as level as possible. However, CapMat fabrics are flexible enough to cover surface irregularities and will spread water over slight humps and dips.

2 Cover the bench top with sheets

of polyethylene (preferably black). This allows the water to spread, but prevents it from dripping onto the floor.

3 Lay the CapMat fabric (which

is reversible) on top of the poly­ ethylene sheet. Overlap or tightly join adjacent pieces.

Size 4’ x 100’ 6’ x 100’

4 Do not let fabric hang over the edges or water will run onto the floor.

5 It is preferable to soak the fabric before setting out the plants. This insures optimum capillary contact right from the start. If possible, keep the mat wet at all times, otherwise wet it at frequent intervals.

6 Plastic pots are recommended – if

pots with feet are used, make sure there is contact between the pot and the CapMat via the holes in the bottom of the pot.

Wt/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Roll Number 1-24 25 & Up 15 lbs 18-4024- $ — $ — 24 lbs 18-4026- — —

4’ And 6’ Distribution Kits For Installing CapMat For 100’ Bench The CapMat distribution kit comes complete with all accessories needed for quickly installing CapMat. Each kit consists of a loc sleeve header fitted with a 3/4” female hose swivel inlet, ells, tees, end fasteners and preset pressure regulator and drip hose for either a 4’ or 6’ wide by 100’ long bench. Complete directions are included for ease of installation. Suggested operating pressure is between 8 and 10 psi 4’ distribution kit 6’ distribution kit

18-4030-1 18-4035-1

800-325-3055

$— —

www.hummert.com

351

capillary matting

LOC SLEEVE HEADER ADAPTER

BOOM IRRIGATION SYSTEMS

Boom Irrigation Systems

• Quantum Boom Irrigation Systems apply exactly the right amount of water needed in a timely and uniform manner to crops • Growers love the increased plant uniformity, labor savings and water management they get with automated irrigation • Quantum Controller is easy to program • Rail and hose systems designed to fit any greenhouse size and configuration or field irrigation needs

Rail Systems

Hose Systems

Double Rail

• Used in houses up to 50’ wide and over 400’ long • Walk through boom design allows access to the house while the boom is in use • Left side/right side capability • Transfer between several gutter-connected houses

Single Rail

• Used in houses up to 30’ wide and 210’ long • Least expensive model • Less track to install • Transferable between several gutter-connected or free-standing houses

irrigation systems

Call the greenhouse sales department for more information and a custom quote

Center Feed

• The hose is fed from the center of the houses, requiring half as much hose compared to the length of the house • Allows reversal of machine travel direction at any point without kinking or jamming the hose

End Feed

• Water hose is coiled in loops suspended below the track from trolleys that are pulled along by the irrigator • Water is fed to the boom from the source at the end of bay

One system can... • Irrigate multiple crops • Be programmed for multiple jobs • Be customized when to run each job • Run each job independently • Run in manual mode

Reverse Osmosis (RO) Systems Reverse Osmosis (RO) is the best way to ensure that your plants are getting exactly the right nutrients at exactly the right time, and nothing else. The method utilizes membrane micro filters that mimic. This process can remove 99% part per million (PPM) of total

dissolved solids (TDS) giving you the basic pure water foundation to add the perfect solution to grow the biggest, healthiest plants. These filters can serve any size irrigation system and are the perfect starting point for hydroponic growers and soil growers alike.

Big Boy De-Chlorinator/Sediment Filter • Extra high capacity de-chlorinator and sediment filter • Whole house filter or stand alone • 25,000 gallon capacity • Does not produce waste water

• Removes 99% of chlorine and 95% of sediment • Includes: inlet and outlet pressure gauges, wall-mountable aluminum bracket, 1” inlet and outlet

Product Water Reduces PPM Reduces Reduces Reduces Reduces Reduces Catalog Flow Rate* (by 95%+) Chlorine Chloramines Sediment Iron Sulfur Number 420 GPH/7 GPM N Y Partially Y N N 19-0510-1

Price $—

Stealth RO-100 & Stealth RO-200

Evolution RO-1000 • Highest flow rates and most efficient system in the industry

• Less waste than similar filters • Stabilize pH and avoid mineral build-up • Maximize nutrient uptake and minimize lock-out for your prized plants • Essential for health of beneficial microorganisms

Inlet Product Waste Product Water Reduces PPM Reduces Reduces Reduces Reduces Reduces Tubing Tubing Tubing Catalog Flow Rate* (by 95%+) Chlorine Chloramines Sediment Iron Sulfur Size Size Size Number

Price

Evolution-RO 1000 1000 GPD/42 GPH

Y

Y

Y

Y

Low Lvl Low Lvl

1/2”

3/8”

3/8” 19-0520-1

$—

Y

Y

Partially

Y

Low Lvl Low Lvl

3/8”

1/4”

1/4” 19-0530-1

$—

Y

Y

Partially

Y

Low Lvl Low Lvl

3/8”

1/4”

1/4” 19-0540-1

$—

Stealth-RO 100 100 GPD/4 GPH

Stealth-RO 200 200 GPD/8 GPH

•Flow rates of RO systems are based on source water at 60 psi/77 degrees F/500 ppm

Other products & custom solutions available SHIPPED FOB:

352

800-325-3055

California

www.hummert.com

Hydroponic Growing Systems 1) Wick System

Grow Tray & Media

Drip Manifold

4) Drip System Drip Lines

Grow Tray & Media

Wick

Overflow

Air Pump

Air Stone

Reservoir

Nutrient Pump Reservoir

• Simplest of all hydroponic systems • A passive system, which uses a wick and growing media with very high capillary action • The nutrient solution is released into the grow tray through a wick • There are several different growing mediums that can be used in the hydroponic system

hydroponic growing systems

2) Water Culture System Floating Platform (Styrofoam)

Reservoir

Nutrient Solution

Air Pump

Air Stone

• The most widely used type of hydroponic system • A timer controls a submersed pump that releases a nutrient solution onto the base of each plant by a small drip • In a Recovery Drip System, the excess nutrient solution is collected and reused • It is more sustainable, however the pH and nutrient strength levels may vary because the nutrient solution is reused • In a Non-Recovery Drip System, it does not collect the excess solution • It must have a precise timer to ensure that the least amount of nutrient solution is wasted

5) Nutrient Film Technique (NFT) Grow Tray & Media

Air Pump

Air Stone

Nutrient Return • Simplest of all active hydroponic systems • A styrofoam platform typically holds the plants and floats on the nutrient solution • An air pump is used to supply air to the air stone that bubbles the nutrient solution and supplies oxygen to the plant roots • Leaf lettuce is the predominant plant grown in this type of system, very few other plants grow well in the Water Culture System

3) Ebb and Flow System Grow Tray & Media

Reservoir

Nutrient Pump Air Stone

Air Pump

• The most commonly thought of hydroponic system • NFT systems have a constant flow of nutrients, therefore a timer is not needed for the submersible pump • The nutrient solution is pumped into the grow tray over the plant roots and is then drained into the reservoir • Air is the only grow medium used • The plants are typically supported in small net pots/rock wool/coir cubes, with the roots dangling into the nutrient solution

6) Aeroponic System Mist Nozzle

Overflow

Nutrient Pump Fill/Drain Fitting

Reservoir

• Works by temporarily flooding the grow tray with nutrient solution and then draining the solution back into the reservoir, which is controlled by a submerged pump on a timer • Several times a day, the timer comes on and allows the pump to release the nutrient solution into the grow tray • This system can be modified in many ways such as filling the grow tray with grow rocks or gravel

800-325-3055

Nutrient Pump Reservoir • One of the most high tech growing systems • The growing medium is primarily air • The roots hang in the air and are misted with nutrients every few minutes • A short cycle timer must be used to control the nutrient pump

www.hummert.com

353

Dutch Bucket Systems

Dutch bucket systems

210VC Tomato/Vine System

Dutch Pots These are commercial grade hydroponic containers, used extensively in cut rose production and other long term crops • These pots are easy to use and to maintain • These pots are reliable, practical and economical to use • They are expandable from just a few pots, to greenhouses with thousands of them in operation. Size 12” x 10” x 9” (10 liter) System setup: SEE 1. Position the pots over Expanded a run of 1.5” PVC pipe clay Media with a 7/8” hole drilled to accept the overflow fitting page 364 from each pot. This will operate as the collection trough for a recycling system or it can be run to a drain. 2. A line of poly pipe should be run alongside the PVC pipe from which drippers are attached to feed each pot with a nutrient solution. 3. Most growers fill the pots with quick draining media like LECA - lighweight expanded clay aggregate page 364. The pots have a small reservoir in the bottom to hold a reserve of water, and when irrigated, the drain tube will pull water from the bottom of the pot first to exchange the water and prevent stagnation. The key is to keep the run of pots at the same level and have the reservoir lower than the pots so that gravity will help the system drain.

Grow tomatoes, peppers, cucumbers, eggplant, strawberries, peas, or any long-term vine crops. The 210VC System measures 10’ L x 2’ W x 18” H and includes everything you need to start growing. System Includes: • 10 - 10” x 12” x 9” dutch buckets providing 20 plant sites for tomatoes, peppers or 10 plant sites for cucumbers • All necessary plumbing, submersible pump, float valve and drain valve for recirculation of nutrients • 30 gallon black ABS plastic reservoir with lid • Sturdy galvanized table frame • Industrial grade conductivity meter • pH control kit • 2” Rockwool Mini-Blocks and starter trays for propagation • High quality seeds: strawberry starts need to be acquired locally • Vine twine and vine clips • Two-part Evolution Solution crop specific nutrients which should last approximately 6 months • Book: Hydroponic Crop Production 210VC

15-2038-1

$—

Dutch Leach Tray • This is a do-it-yourself slab system to provide a 6” x 40” tray, which holds 6” rockwool slabs or individual pots filled with media, such as coco, peat or perlite • The tray comes with two elbows and a plug • It is primarily for drip grown hydroponic plants Catalog PC-1 PC-2 PC-3 Number 10-49 50-99 100 & Up Pots 14-9888- $ — $ — $ — Tray 15-2140- — — —

Wick System Emily’s Garden™

(passive system)

This compact hydroponic garden is great for small classroom projects, small culinary herb gardens, or for resale in retail garden centers. The 16” x 24” x 6” garden has 6 individual planters that allow you to add or rotate plants as you please. This hydroponic garden is a passive system using an air pump for aeration. Complete System Includes: • 2 gallon reservoir • Growing media • Air pump and tubing • 6 x (7” H x 6” W x 6” L) containers • Seed starter cubes Size Wt/lb 16” x 24” x 6” 22

354

• Molded cover • Nutrient solution • Water level indicator • pH test kit • Instructions

Catalog Number 15-2100-

800-325-3055

PC-1 1-5 $ —

PC-2 6 & Up $—

www.hummert.com

NFT Hydro-Trough Systems Grow fancy lettuce, baby lettuce, basil, cilantro, parsley, arugula, watercress, head lettuce, bak chov, chives, mizuna, etc. Constructed with GroClean NFT channels that are FDA approved HDPE plastic, both the 312HL and 612HL systems are complete with everything you need to start growing. Complete System Includes: • NFT finishing channels 12’ L x 4” W x 2” H with holes on 7.75” centers • NFT nursery channels 12” L x 4” W x 2” H with holes on 2” centers • All necessary plumbing, submersible pump, float valve and drain valve for recirculation of nutrients • Venturi for maximum aeration of nutrient solution • 30 gallon ABS plastic reservoir with lid • Sturdy galvanized table frame

• Industrial grade conductivity meter • pH control kit • Book: Hydroponic Salad Crop Production

2

SEED C0A14 TALOG

See our Seed Catalog for Lettuce & Herb seeds Please call for seed for commercial vegetable production and bulk seed sales.

5030 Highwa

y 36 East • St. Joseph , MO Fax: 816-232 -6134 • sales@h 64507 • 800-383-0 ummertseed.c 865 © 2012 Humm om ert Interna tional

800-383-0865 – St. Joseph, Missouri

312HL Herb and Lettuce System The 312HL NFT hydroponic system measures 12’ L x 3’ W x 3’ H with 4 NFT finishing channels with 72 plant sites and 1 NFT nursery channel with 72 nursery sites. This system is capable of growing 36 heads of lettuce or basil bunches per week. 612HL Herb and Lettuce System The 612HL NFT hydroponic system measures 12’ L x 5’ W x 3’ H with 8 NFT finishing channels with 144 plant sites and 2 NFT nursery channels with 144 nursery sites. This system is capable of growing 72 heads of lettuce or basil bunches per week. Catalog Model Number Price 312HL 15-1990- $— 612HL 15-1992- —

SHIPPED FOB:

California

Drip System Versaponic Growth System Manufactured in the USA from recycled, high-grade ABS plastic with a UV inhibitor for years of use. Unique nesting design allows for easy shipping via UPS. Modular design allows you to convert each system to create a completely different system. Call for individual component pricing. Complete System Includes: • 2.5 Gallon dutch buckets • 10” net pots • 160 gph pump • Connector tubing

• Drip assembly • 4 support rods • Reservoir top • 20 gallon reservoir with drain plug

Complete 6-Site Bucket System - Model VGS6SB-1 Dimensions (assembled): 41” L x 21” W x 16.75” H Total Weight: 22 lbs Complete 8-Site Bucket System - Model VGS8SB-1 Dimensions (assembled): 46” L x 24” W x 17.75” H Total Weight: 33 lbs

800-325-3055

Catalog Model Number Price VGS6SB-1 15-1140- $— VGS8SB-1 15-1142- —

We Appreciate Your Business

Thank You!

www.hummert.com

355

NFT hydro-trough systems

• 5 Sheets of Oasis® Horticubes XL (810 cubes)

Aeroponic Systems Power Cloner® - Plant Propagation Machine Model 45

Model 77

The Power Cloner’s high output pump and microjet sprayers deliver a highly oxygenated spray of water and rooting hormones to the stem of the cutting. Cuttings are supported by a flexible neoprene collar which holds them in the Power Cloner while suspending the cutting stem in the nutrient reservoir. By eliminating the growing media and suspending the bare cutting, there is more surface area available for root initiation and growth. In addition, this increases the surface area in the root zone available for the absorption of atmospheric oxygen, dissolved oxygen and rooting hormones. Features: • 45, 77, 180 plant sites • 10, 20, 40 gallon reservoir Model 180

• HumidomeTM • Recessed cord guide • High pressure sprayers • Ceramic air stones • Power CloneTM Solution

Recessed cord guide

® • AquaShield water treatment solution

Aeroponic systems

• ZHOTM - Root inoculant • High-pressure submersible pump with 2 year manufacturer’s warranty *Black also available as special order only. These black models do not include a HumidomeTM or ZHOTM root inoculant

Venturiponic Aeroponic System

Unique Venture technology produces an oxygen and nutrient rich mist while using 75% less water. There is no need for a water pump or an airstone in this system, so less parts to maintain. Venturi technology also cools the water temperature which combats the problem in traditional aeroponic systems with the water pump heating the reservoir water. With the Venturi Misters there are no tiny nozzles to clog. This allows you to use thick organic nutrient solution that would normally clog a standard aeroponic nozzle. Complete System Includes: • Humidity dome See page 362 • Net pots for Venturi-Misters • 18 watt air pump & replacement • 6 Venturi Misters air pumps • 20 gallon reservoir and growth chamber • Plumbing and fittings Dimensions: 46” L x 24” W Pot Size 3” 2” 1”

356

Planting Sites 40 72 288

Catalog Number 15-2044- 15-2046- 15-2048-

800-325-3055

Price $— — —

Dimensions Catalog Model Reservoir (L x W x H) Number 45 10 gal 27” x 17.5” x 9.5” 15-1164-1 20 gal 31” x 23” x 9” 15-1166-1 77 180 40 gal 50” x 30.75” x 9.5” 15-1168-1

Price $— — —

Garden Starter Cutting Kit

The Garden Starter Cutting Kit is a smaller version of the Venturiponic system that includes only one Venturi-Mister and 25 planting sites that are 1-3/8” in diameter. Fits nicely on counter top under a cabinet as an herb garden. Just add a small fluorescent light. Cooking ingredients don’t get fresher than this! Complete System Includes: • Humidity dome • 25 Versa discs • 3 watt air pump • 1 Venturi-Mister • 3 gallon reservoir and growth chamber • Plumbing and fittings Dimensions: 13.5” Square x 14” T Weight: 3.1 lbs 15-2043-1

$—

www.hummert.com

Aeroponic Systems By generating a fine mist of nutrient solution, Aeroflo Aeroponics systems optimize the oxygen/water/nutrient ratio for plant roots and provide ideal conditions for all stages of growth. Plants’ roots grow in the moist air space between the net cups and hang in a

Aeroflo2 20

shallow, constantly circulating bath of super-oxygenated nutrient solution. Systems come with everything you need to get started 3” net cups, coco inserts, pump, all plumbing and fittings, leg stand and 3 part Flora series nutrient solutions.

Aeroflo2 60/120

• 20 site system, excellent for growing small crops such as lettuce, cucumbers, peppers, basil and other herbs • Varieties of flowers and tomatoes, which do not grow taller than 3’, will also do well • 8 gallon reservoir • 1’ x 7’ growing troughs

Model GH8000 15-2300-1

$—

Aeroflo 30

Model GH8008 15-2302-1

$—

Aeroflo2 36 • System includes a 40 gallon Panda reservoir and 36 plant sites • The 6 - 4’ growing troughs are to be kept side-by-side for a compact growing site for plants such as lettuce, basil, and other lower growing crops • The growing site is approximately 3’ x 4’

• The largest AeroFlo2 unit, features 60 plant sites with an option of expanding the system to 120 plant sites • The 60 plant site system can be staggered on opposite sides of the 40 gallon reservoir to provide more growing space for larger plants • If the growing troughs are maintained on one side of the reservoir, the growing site measures approximately 6’ x 6’ • The optional 60 site extension increases the site area by an additional 5’ x 6 • It includes an additional 40 gallon reservoir, 6’ - 6’ troughs, and reservoir coupler Model GH8002 60 Site System 15-2303-1 Model GH8003 60 Site Extension 15-2305-1

Model GH8004 15-2307-1

Aeroponic systems

• With a 17-gallon reservoir and 30 plant sites, the 3- 6’ growing troughs can be kept side-by-side or fanned out in a radial pattern to maximize growth on lower branches • Excellent for growing lettuce, basil and other smaller plants up to 4’ in height • Growing site is approximately 2’ x 7’

$— —

$—

Nutrients Essential for Plant Growth Nutrients from Air & Water Carbon (C), Hydrogen (H), Oxygen (O)

Secondary Nutrients Calcium (Ca), Magnesium (Mg), Sulphur (S)

Primary Nutrients Micronutrients Nitrogen (N), Phosphorous Boron (B), Copper (Cu), (P), Potassium (K) Manganese (Mn), Chlorine (Cl), Iron (Fe), Molybdenum (Mo), Zinc (Zn) Nitrogen - N - Of the 3 major nutrients, plants require nitrogen in the largest amounts. N promotes rapid growth, increases leaf size and quality, hastens crop maturity and promotes fruit and seed development. Phosphorus (Phosphate) - P enhances seed germination and early growth, stimulates blooming, root development, enhances bud set, aids in seed formation, hastens maturity and provides winter hardiness to crops planted in late fall and early spring.

800-325-3055

Potassium (Potash) - K is essential for photosynthesis, adds stalk and stem stiffness, increases disease and drought resistance, regulates opening and closing of stomata, improves firmness, texture, size and color of fruit crop. Calcium - Ca deficiency symptoms appear in the meristem regions (new growth) of leaves, stems, buds and roots. Roots on Ca deficient plants are short and stubby; Thus affecting nutrient and water uptake. Magnesium - Mg is essential for the metabolism of carbohydrates (sugars). It regulates the uptake of many essential elements, serves as a carrier of phosphate compounds throughout the plant, and facilitates the translocation of sugars and starches. Sulphur - S is required for the production of chlorophyll and utilization of phosphorus and other essential nutrients. Sulfur ranks equal to nitrogen for optimizing crop yield and quality. It increase the size and weight of grain crops and enhances the efficiency of nitrogen for protein manufacture.

www.hummert.com

357

Ebb & Flow Systems Econo Ebb & Flow System Econo Systems come with the basics - you add your favorite media, pots and nutrients to make the system thrive! Modular design offers 9 sq ft of growing space per tray and allows limitless expansion. 2 year manufacturer’s warranty and 180 day warranty on the pump. Systems Include: • One or two 3’ x 3’ Econo Trays (.125” thick), constructed of UV stabilized, impact resistant, ABS plastic • Easy to assemble, galvanized steel table with strong injection molded plastic corners • Submersible pump • Fill/drain and over-flow fitting kit which includes vinyl fill/drain tubing • 30 gallon black reservoir constructed of UV stabilized, impact resistant, ABS plastic material

1 Tray System

ebb & flow systems

Heavy Duty Tray 3’ x 3’ Size Catalog Description (L x W x H) Weight Number *1 Tray System 35.5” x 35.5” x 19.13” 34 lbs 15-2011-1 *2 Tray System 69.5” x 35.5” x 19.13” 48 lbs 15-2017-1 Heavy Duty Tray 3’ x 3’ 7 lbs 15-2024-1 *

Price $— — —

2 Tray System

Bigfoot Ebb & Flow System

Ebb & Flow Microgarden

The Bigfoot Ebb & Flow system has all the benefits of the standard Econo Systems, with a more convenient size. Constructed of UV-stabilized, impact resistant ABS plastic, the Bigfoot is built to last for years. This is an extremely efficient growing system and was specifically designed to leave no standing water in your system. This will allow for an healthier root zone which means healthier plants! 1 year manufacturer’s warranty on trays and 180 day warranty on the pump. System Includes: • Fill/Drain fitting kit and all necessary plumbing • 25 gallon black reservoir • Galvanized steel table frame • Black Tray: 42” L x 23” W x 5” H • Highly reliable, energy-saving submersible pump Overall Dimensions: 45” L x 26” W x 19” H Catalog Model Weight Number Bigfoot System 45 lbs 15-2020-1 Tray only 10 lbs 15-2022-1

358

800-325-3055

Price $— —

Compact, automated garden that allows you to use Ebb & Flow hydroponics to temporarily flood your plants with water and nutrient solution and then recycle it to the reservoir. Contains 8 planting sites. Once planted this system is easy to maintain. Simply top off water, add nutrients at 1/4 strength, adjust pH to 6, and change reservoir every 7-10 days Complete System Includes: • Timer and pump • Pots, starter plugs and media • 10 gallon reservoir and top tray • Nutrient starter kit • pH test kit and pH buffers • Plumbing and fittings Dimensions: 31” L x 14” W x 8” H 15-1180-1

$—

PRICES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE While the prices listed are always current at the time of publication, they do change over the time frame of our catalog. To alleviate any problems this may cause, please call for current pricing or visit our website

www.hummert.com

Hydroponic Trays & Growing Trays • Botanicare trays are manufactured in a variety of sizes to suit a wide • The height of the drainage grids are about 1” above the bottom; ¼” range of hydroponic applications and growing substrates for low profile trays • Made in the USA using renewable solar energy with recycled and recyclable materials, BPA free

Low Tide 4’ x 8’ x 3¾”

Low Tide 4’ x 8’ x 3¾”

4’ x 8’ x 7” Nominal Size

Outside dim W x L

Capacity Gallons

Catalog Number

Nominal Size

x x x x x

4’ 3’ 6’ 4’ 8’

29” x 53” 41” x 41” 41” x 76” 53” x 53” 53” x 101”

26 36 72 52 104

Price

x x x x

8’ 3’ 4’ 8’

25” x 93” 37” x 37” 49” x 49” 49.5” x 97”

28.5 15 30 60

Outside dim W x L x H

Capacity Gallons

Catalog Number

Price

— — — — —

14-0124-1 $ 14-0126-1 14-0128-1 14-0132-1

— — — —

Premium Heavy Duty Growing Trays & Domes

3’ 3’ 4’ 4’ 4’

x x x x x

3’ 6’ 4’ 6’ 8’

36" 36" 48" 48" 48"

x x x x x

36" 72" 48" 72" 96"

27.5 56 50 75 100

14-0134-1 $ 14-0136-1 14-0138-1 14-0146-1 14-0148-1

— — — — —

14-0162-1 $ 14-0164-1 14-0166-1 14-0168-1 14-0172-1 14-0174-1

— — — — — —

Black Low Tide (LT) - 3¾” tall 1’ 1’ 2’ 3’ 4’ 4’

x x x x x x

4’ 12.5” x 47½” x 3.75” 8’ 92.5” x 14.5” x 4” 25” x 93” x 3.75” 8’ 3’ 37” x 37” x 3.75” 4’ 49” x 49” x 3.75” 8’ 49.5” x 97” x 3.75”

7.5 19 28.5 15 30 60

Watering Trays -

Heavy Duty

• White trays with a 7” deep sidewall to accommodate larger root masses, taller pots and deeper saturation • Rounded, wide drainage channels simplify cleaning • Specially designed corner gussets allow for greater support • Made in the USA from recycled and recyclable ABS plastic • Flanged tray edge • Square drainage grid • BPA free

2x2 Tray Model GT22X22X7 ID: 22.25” x 22.25” x 6.5” OD: 23.50” x 23.50” x 7” Capacity: 7.5 Gal Dome Height: 8”

2x4 Tray Model GT24X44X7 ID: 24” x 42” x 5.5” OD: 25.75” x 43.50” x 6.75” Capacity: 17.5 Gal Dome Height: 7”

Catalog Model Description Number Price GT24X44X7 2 x 4 Tray 15-1148-1 $— GT24X44X7 2 x 4 Dome 15-1150-1 — GT22X22X7 2 x 2 Tray 15-1160-1 — GT22X22X8 2 x 2 Dome 15-1162-1 —

800-325-3055

• Made from co-extrusion ABS and PMMA plastic with a methacrylate protective coating • ABS gives the tray increased inflexibility and durability while the PMMA layer offers scratch resistance and UV protection against color fading • Available in 3 colors: green, white and black • Bottom of trays have a pattern of indentations so that containers have a chance to drain without sitting on a flat surface • Dimensions: 49.8” x 21.8” x 1.8” Green White Black

Each 14-0140-1 $ — Case of 15 14-0140-2 — Each 14-0142-1 — Case of 15 14-0142-2 — Each 14-0144-1 — Case of 15 14-0144-2 —

www.hummert.com

359

plastic trays

14-0112-1 $ 14-0114-1 14-0116-1 14-0118-1 14-0122-1

White Low Tide (LT)- 3¾” tall 2’ 3’ 4’ 4’

Low Tide 2’ x 8’ x 3¾”

Black O.D. Grow Trays - 6” tall

White I.D. Grow Trays- 7” tall 2’ 3’ 3’ 4’ 4’

4’ x 8’ x 6”

3’ x 3’ x 6”

4’ x 4’ x 7”

2’ x 4’ x 7”

Reservoirs

Bulkhead Fitting Kit • Poly-injection formed ebb & flow fitting that are designed to be used with feed and drain watering systems

20 gallon

• Compatible with all Botanicare trays

40 gallon

• Interior threads accept 3/4” standard pipe thread 70 gallon

115 gallon Eazy Drain 50 gallon

• Kit includes: 1/2” barbed fill/ drain fitting, 3/4” barbed overflow fitting, multi-level overflow extensions (2), debris screens (2)

FTBKKT1

15-2015-1

$—

reservoirs & water valve

Eazy Drain 100 gallon • Made in the USA of White UV resistant ABS plastic • All reservoirs have front and side installation points for drains and bulkhead fittings • Optional lids with access ports and covers are available • BPA free • Eazy Drain Reservoirs have a gradual slope to allow the solution to drain completely without manually tilting the unit • Other sizes and black reservoirs are also available as special order. Please call for more information

Dimension Capacity (L x W x H) Original Reservoirs - White 20 gallon 26” x 20” x 12” 40 gallon 38” x 30” 12” 70 gallon 54” x 31” x 12” 115 gallon 42” x 42” x 15” Eazy Drain Reservoirs - White 50 gallon 42” x 30” x 13.75” 100 gallon 81.5” x 30” x 13.75”

Reservoirs Lids Catalog Catalog Number Price Number Price 15-1112- 15-1116- 15-1120- 15-1124-

$ — 15-1114- — 15-1118- — 15-1122- — 15-1126-

$— — — —

15-1128- 15-1132-

$ — 15-1130- — 15-1134-

$— —

Automatic Water Valve Specifically designed to control the flow of water to maintain a desired water level without any electrical hookups IDEALLY SUITED FOR:

The valve is easily coupled to a pipe outlet by a threaded fitting. It is vertically positioned so the valve opening is immersed in approximately 1” of water.

S Evaporative coolers S Commercial aquariums S Automatic Capillary Watering Systems, Fertilizing and Watering Systems

The fluid level forces the float to rise and close the diaphragm chamber. The diaphragm then expands, stopping the incoming flow. When the fluid level drops, the diaphragm escape opens, empties and allows the fluid to fill the tank. This shut-off feature allows full flow until the valve closes unlike the common ball float valves.

S Livestock Tanks/ Troughs S Hydroponic Systems S Pools/Ponds S Water Falls/Fountains

1/2“ FPT

1” FPT

Size Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Model D” x H” Case Number Each Case 1/2” Automatic Water Valve – 1/2” Female Pipe Thread V-S 3” x 5” 6 18-6795- $ — $— 1” Automatic Water Valve – 1” Female Pipe Thread V 3.8” x 5” 6 18-6800- $ — $— Valve Connector Adapters 1/2” Male Pipe x 3/4” Female Pipe 1/2” Male Pipe x 3/4” Female Hose 1” Male Pipe x 3/4” Female Pipe

19-8090-1 19-8085-1 19-8210-1

$— — —

Mounting Brackets Operating Pressure: 8 - 100 psi Max. Temperature: 90° F High temperature water valves available - max temperature 150° F. Please call for prices.

360

Heavy duty model attaches valve to tank side and provides valve connection guard to reduce damage from people or animals. The standard bracket attaches to tank rim or cross brace. Both brackets are supplied with pipe fittings that end with a female hose thread. Item Heavy Duty

800-325-3055

Model BB-HD 12

Catalog No. 18-6810-1

Price $—

www.hummert.com

Net Pots 3” Net Cup

2” Net Cup

5” Net Cup

6” Net Cup

10” Mesh Bottom w/ Bucket Lip

8” Mesh Bottom w/ Bucket Lip

Qty/ Wt/ Catalog Case Case Number Price 200 12 lbs 14-7002-1 $— 100 8 lbs 14-7004-1 — 100 7 lbs 14-7006-1 — 50 4 lbs 14-7008-1 — 50 5 lbs 14-7010-1 — 50 10 lbs 14-7012-1 — 50 7 lbs 14-7014-1 — 50 27 lbs 14-7016-1 —

Reflective Metallized Film

2” x 2” Net Pot

net pots, cups & film

Description 2” Net Cup 3” Net Cup 3.75” Net Cup 5” Net Cup 6” Net Cup 6” Mesh Bottom 8” Mesh Bottom 10” Mesh Bottom

Net pots allow for fast flooding and filling with Hydroponic solutions. Differing sizes can be used in NFT, 3.75” Net Cup top irrigation, aeroponics, ebb and flow hydroponic systems and work great in most hydroponic applications. The holes in these pots promote healthy roots with even drainage. Letting the roots grow out of the pot, allows for bigger, healthier roots. These pots work with any kind of media – hydro6” Mesh ponic or soil-based. They are easy Bottom w/ to clean, since water runs right Bucket Lip through them. These pots are also perfect for orchids.

2-1/8” x 2” Slit Pot

Description 1-3/4” x 2” Net Pot 2” x 2” Net Pot 2-1/8” x 2 Slit Pot

Qty/ Catalog Case Number Price 5,040 16-2004-1 $— 4,250 16-2003-1 — 5,418 16-2005-1 —

Black & White Film This film is black on one side and white on the other. Available in 6-mil material. This film has a wide variety of uses, including: • Covering media to inhibit algae growth • Blocking light from photo period sensitive crops • White side reflects light when hung around benches to help reflect light on to the crop for greater growth • Black side can be used as a media cover, helping to heat the media with the sun’s natural warmth • Can be used to “plant through” on hydroponic tables to prevent leaves and other material from contaminating the water

• Mirror-like reflective metallized Mylar film • Makes the most efficient use of lighting by reflecting light from unused surfaces back onto the growing crops • 54” wide, available in 1-mil and 2-mil thickness Model Size & Thickness MY1M25 25’ x 54”–1 mil MY1M50 50’ x 54”–1 mil MY2M50 50’ x 54”–2 mil MY2M100 100’ x 54”– 2 mil

Catalog Number 26-2096- 26-2097- 26-2098- 26-2099-

800-325-3055

PC-1 1 - 5 $ — — — —

PC-2 6 & Up $— — — —

10’ x 100’ 28 lbs 26-2094-1

www.hummert.com

$—

361

Air Pumps

Air Diffusers

• Aerates nutrients to stimulate root growth • Energy-efficient motor • Easy to use • Quiet operation

• Accepts standard 3/16” airline tubing • 1 year limited warranty • 6’ cord length AP-3 • Air Volume (cu in/min): 110 • Max Depth: 3.3’ • Watts: 2.8 • Air Diffuser Outlets: 1 • Pressure (psi): 1.45

AP-20 • Air Volume (cu in/min): 1700 • Max Depth: 7’ • Watts: 20 • Air Diffuser Outlets: 6 • Pressure (psi): 4

Model 14640

AP-40 • Air Volume (cu in/min): 2900 • Max Depth: 10’ • Watts: 40 • Air Diffuser Outlets: 12 • Pressure (psi): 5.8

aeroponics

Model 14575

Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Model Case Number Each Case AP-3 4 55-0610- $ — $— AP-20 2 55-0620- — — AP-40 2 55-0630- — —

Venturi-Misters

Model 14625 • Disperse oxygen within your hydroponic growing system or aquarium by using an air diffuser • Either type of diffuser will also help keep the nutrient solution moving • Model 14575 - 6” straight air diffuser includes 20’ of 5/8” tubing and nylon bag to weight diffuser at the bottom of the tank. This model will fit either AP-20 or AP-40 air pumps • Model 14640 - 4” air stone fits standards 3/16” airline tubing • Other sizes available as special order Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Model Description Case Number Each Case 14575 6” straight air diffuser 3 55-0640- $ — $— 14640 4” air stone 12 55-0650- — — 14625 3/16” x 16’ airline tubing 12 55-0660- — —

Supreme Hydroponic pumps Danner Supreme hydroponic pumps are perfect for any hydroponic growing area. They can be used in-line or as a submersible and have energy-efficient magnetic drive technology. Each pump includes an adjustable venturi which aerates the nutrient solution to improve root growth. These pumps include a 10’ grounded power cord.

Air Flow

Mixing Chamber

Water Intake & Air Exhaust

Exceptional design creates a Venturi effect that mixes nutrient rich water and oxygen to produce a mist for any aeroponic system. Venturi Misters eliminate many problems of traditional aeroponic systems: no submerged water pumps heating the reservoir water and no clogging mister heads preventing flow to the roots. Because there are no tiny holes to clog, any nutrient solution can be used regardless of how thick it may be. To retrofit an existing aeroponic system: It is recommended to use 6 misters for a 60 site cloning system. Mounting disks are included with each mister to attach to the bottom of your reservoir. The mister base also fits a 1/2” grommet to attach through the bottom of water 19-8400-1 Each $— tables and trays. 19-8400-2 Case of 25 —

362

800-325-3055

max inlet outlet Catalog PC-1 Model Gph size size Number Each 2 250 1/2” FPT 1/2” MPT 55-0670- $— 350 1/2” FPT 1/2” MPT 55-0672- — 3 5 500 1/2” FPT 1/2” MPT 55-0674- — 7 700 1/2” FPT 1/2” MPT 55-0676- — 9.5 950 3/4” FPT 3/4” MPT 55-0678- — 12 1200 3/4” FPT 3/4” MPT 55-0680- — For more pumps see page 670-671

www.hummert.com

Rockwool

Coir Media

Rockwool • Proven to be one of the best and most reliable growing mediums available • Rockwool is completely sterile and has optimum air/water ratio • Used in commercial vegetable and floral production • Available in propagation cubes, blocks and growing slabs

100% natural coir-base substrates

200 Grow Slab Bag

Rockwool Cubes

AO25/40

AX25/40

Coir Husk Chip Blocks Currently used by a variety of professional growers as an orchid media, soil amendment (an environmentally friendly replacement to perlite), for use in batobuckets, top-dressing for interiorscapes, an organic hydroponic media, also as an ideal replacement for wood bark and mulches in many applications. 10 lb block will yield approximately 2 cu ft

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Model Number 1-5 6 & up AO25/40 14-0800- $ — $— AX25/40 14-0802- — — AO36/40 14-0808- — —

Rockwool Blocks

DM4-G

10-2302-1 1-5 10-2302-2 6 & up 10-2302-4 216/plt

DM6-G

$— — —

Compressed Coir Blocks

• Wrapped in UV resistant plastic sleeves • Used for direct transplant of cubes or plug-raised seedlings in their final stage before transplanting to the growing slabs • The base of the blocks is grooved to provide drainage The DM4-G propagation block is 3” square x 2.5” deep. It has a 1.5” hole to accept the A 36/40 cube and is commonly used for tomatoes, cucumbers, and peppers The DM6-G propagation block is a 4” square 2.5” deep. It also has a 1.5” hole to accept the A 36/40 cube. Some growers prefer the larger block which gives them the capability of holding the seedling longer before transplanting.

4:1 compressed form – easy to handle and use. Consisting of ¼”, ½” or ¾” mesh processed materials, it’s perfect for seedlings, nurseries, greenhouses, lawns or landscaping. Try this in your potting mix in place of peat moss – you’ll see a noticeable difference in water retention.

Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Model Number 1-5 6 & up DM4-G 14-0820- $ — $— DM6-G 14-0824- — —

10 lb box 10-2300-1 1 - 9 10-2300-2 10 & up 10-2300-4 216/Plt

• 12” x 12” x 6” • pH range 5.5-6.2 $— — —

GroTop Expert Rockwool Slab • Wrapped in UV resistant plastic sleeve • Fastest draining slab because of its vertical fibers • It is recommended in areas of high humidity • Dimensions: 7.9” x 3” x 39” 14-0830-1 1 - 5 14-0830-2 6 & up

Coir blocks grow starters, made from 100% coir fiber compressed disc packed in a biodegradable cellulose paper. Please inquire.

$— —

800-325-3055

www.hummert.com

363

rockwool & riococo-coir

• Designed for seed and cutting propagation • The individually shaped “cells” within the sheet allow for effective air pruning which encourages rooting within, rather than between individual blocks • Cubes come in a 10” x 19.5” sheet and fit into a standard 10” x 20” flat A025/40 1” cubes with a 7/16” hole on the wide end of the cube. It is commonly used for starting lettuce and some herbs. AX25/40 is the same size as the AO25/40 but has the hole on the narrow end of the cube. Some growers prefer it because its base is wider and does not topple over easily. A036/40 Approximately 1.5” cubes with a 7/16” hole on the wide end of the cube. It is commonly used for starting tomato and cucumber seedlings. It is designed to be used with the propagation blocks which have a hole to accept the AO36/40.

• Evenly crushed coco chips compressed into an 8:1 ratio into growing slabs • The slabs are packed in UV stabilized co-extruded bags • Comparatively low water holding capacity allows excellent drainage to reduce water logging • High air filled porosity (about 21-22%) facilitates a better aeration for the roots. Moderate porosity for maximum growth • pH range: 5.5-6.2 • Dimensions: 39” x 6” x 4” 10-2320-1 1-5 $— 10-2320-2 6 & up — 10-2320-4 550/plt —

Plant!t Clay Pebbles LECA (Lightweight Expanded Clay Aggregate) 8mm - 16mm PLANT!T horticultural clay pebbles are made from 100% natural clay. They are clean, pH stable, and offer great aeration and drainage in hydroponics, especially in flood and drain, deep water culture, and drip feed systems. Due to their unique structure and ability to cover a large surface area, they offer the ideal environment to foster beneficial bacterial growth around the root zone, leading to naturally healthier plants.

Size 25-liter bag

Catalog Number 10-0004-

PC-1 PC-2 1– 9 10 & up $ — $ —

clay pebbles

PLANT!T Coco Croutons • Fresh-water rinsed with no salt residue • Plant directly in the croutons or mix with media • Organic alternative to clay pellets or rocks • Neutral pH helps guard against mold and fungus • Add to mix to improve aeration and drainage • Porous structure promotes feeder root growth • Perfect for orchids • Made from natural coconut • 28 liter bag (approximately 1 cu ft) 10-0010-1 1– 24 10-0010-2 25 – 49 10-0010-3 50 & up

$— — —

Coconut Fiber • A natural soil amendment • Ideal for incorporating in soil or a medium for potting, seeding, general soil conditioning, hydroponics, planting beds and vegetable gardens • Absorbs water quickly, yet provides optimal drainage characteristics Size 2 cu ft 3 cu ft

Qty/ Lbs/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 PC-4 Pallet Bag Number 1 - 24 25 & up pallet 50 45 10-0014- $ — $ — $ — 45 55 10-0015- — — —

For Perlite & Vermiculite See page 186-187 364

800-325-3055

Hydroponics Combo™ Tester pH/EC/TDS/T° Same functions as Horticulture combo, but with smaller EC and TDS ranges for greater accuracy in low-feeding hydroponic systems. µ = microsiemen

Specifications: RANGES pH: 0 – 14 EC: 0 – 3999 µS/cm TDS: 0 – 2000 ppm Temperature: 0 – 60ºC/32º – 140ºF RESOLUTION pH: 0.01 EC: 1 µS/cm TDS: 1 ppm Temperature: 0.1ºC/ºF ACCURACY pH: ±0.05 EC/TDS: ±2% F.S. Temperature: ±0.5ºC or ±1ºF Automatic temperature compensation and calibration with 1 or 2 points Battery 100 hrs w/ 8 min auto-shutoff SIZE 6.4 x 1.6 x 1” / 3.5 oz Calibrating EC calibrates TDS HI98129 pH/EC/TDS/T° Combo 42-5005-1 HI73127 Spare electrode 42-5221-1 HI70007P pH 7.01 sachets 42-5049-1 (20 ml x 25)

$— — —

Commercial Truncheon The truncheon measures the conductivity of a solution. Values it reads are: • Conductivity factor (CF) (4-60) • EC (0.4 to 6.0) • ppm 500 (200 to 3,000) • ppm 700 (280 to 4,200)

Features

• No calibration required • No external switches • Red LEDs • Fully waterproof

• Auto-sense on and off • Battery life minimum of one year 42-6100-1

$—

pH Booster

Liquid potassium solution that was designed to raise the pH of both soil and water. It’s easily absorbed through leaf tissue and has low phytotoxicity. Potential basicity equivalent to 160 lbs of calcium carbonate per ton. Quick fix is 1 quart per 100 gallon of water.

pH Reducer

The natural way to lower the pH of soil, water and solutions using citric acid. Also helps to chelate minor elements that are insoluble in a growing medium. Contains a natural wetting agent and a token amount of nitrogen to aid the chelation process. Start with 2 fl oz per gallon of concentrate @ 1:100. Also use to adjust medium pH. Hand watering: 1/2 to 3/4 tsp per gallon and saturate medium. 2.5 gallon Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Description Number Each Case of 2 pH Booster 07-0028- $ — $ — pH Reducer 07-0027- — —

www.hummert.com

Hydroponic Fertilizers Calcium Nitrate

Advanced 3-Part Nutrient System

(Greenhouse grade) • Refined, prilled (uncoated) highly soluble material (0.2% or less insoluble) • Ideal source of water soluble nitrogen and calcium for greenhouse liquid feeding programs • Corrects calcium deficiencies which are very common in hydroponics • Used to control blossom end rot in tomatoes and tip burn on lettuce • Supplies about 18-19% calcium. 17 oz to 100 gallons of water give 200 ppm 4 lb bucket 65-3904-1 Each 65-3904-2 Case of 6

$— —

50 lb bag 07-0355-1 1 - 9 07-0355-2 10 & up 07-0355-4 49/pallet

$— — —

Magnesium Sulfate Epsom Salt Great for tomatoes, peppers, potatoes, roses and other magnesium-loving crops! • Magnesium for optimum blooms • Sulfur for dark green color • Potassium for plant vigor

hydroponic fertilizers

The original Building Block Nutrient System. The flora series, (FloraMicro 5-01, FloraGro 2-1-1 and FloraBloom 0-5-4), contains complete primary, secondary and micro nutrients for enhanced yields and better crop quality. • Use varying combinations of all 3 products, adjust mixtures to your specific needs • Complete mixing instructions on every label • Can be used on both hydroponic and soil-grown plants • Highly soluble and pH balanced • Use hardwater formulation if water is over 200 ppm or contains calcium above 70 ppm Qty/ Catalog PC-1 PC-2 Case Number Each Case Size Flora Micro 5-0-1 12 07-5840- $ — $— Quart Gallon 4 07-5842- — — Flora Gro 2-1-6 12 07-5844- $ — $— Quart Gallon 4 07-5846- — — Flora Bloom 0-5-4 12 07-5850- $ — $— Quart Gallon 4 07-5852- — — Flora MICRO HARDWATER 5-0-1 4 07-5874- $ — $— Gallon

50 lb bag 07-1152-1 1 - 9 07-1152-2 10 & up 07-1152-4 49/pallet

$— — —

Hydroponic Base Fertilizers Mono Potassium Phosphate 0-52-34

• Ideal for tomatoes, cucumbers and lettuce • Supplies sulfur • Should be used in combination with calcium nitrate 4 lb 65-3900-1 Each 65-3900-2 Case of 6

$— —

25 lb bag 07-5570-1 1 - 9 07-5570-2 10 - 39

$— —

• Preferred source of phosphorus and potassium for the establishment of root systems when nitrogen fertilization should be limited • Fully water soluble 50 lb bag 07-1374-1 1 - 39 07-1374-4 40/plt

Hydro FeED 16-4-17 An innovative formula that provides all the macro, secondary and micronutrients in a one-part system. Designed specially for hydroponically grown herbs, as well as, lettuce and most vegetables. Includes a blend of iron chelates that keeps iron available even as the pH varies up to a high of 8.0. Also contains a significant level of soluble calcium and magnesium, for all-around plant nutrition. 4 lb 65-3902-1 Each 65-3902-2 Case of 6

$— —

25 lb bag 07-5997-1 1 - 9 07-5997-2 10 - 39

Potassium Nitrate

13.5-0-46.2

$— —

OTHER HYDROPONIC FERTILIZERS SEE FERTILIZER SECTION

800-325-3055

$— —

• Also called nitrate of potash • Water soluble material is a good source of potassium and nitrogen (in the nitrate form) in custom blends of liquid feed • Potassium nitrate produces a slight alkaline residual in soils • 6.2 oz. in 100 gallons produces 200 ppm potassium 50 lb bag 07-1380-1 1 - 9 07-1380-2 10 & up 07-1380-4 56/pallet

$— — —

Truck ship only

www.hummert.com

365